Bump version to 7.7.50.DATE-cvs.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include <string.h>
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "ax-gdb.h"
70 #include "dummy-frame.h"
71
72 #include "format.h"
73
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
77
78 /* readline defines this. */
79 #undef savestring
80
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "python/python.h"
83
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
86 {
87 EX_EVENT_THROW,
88 EX_EVENT_RETHROW,
89 EX_EVENT_CATCH
90 };
91
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
93
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
101
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
103
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
105 void *),
106 void *);
107
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
113
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result *,
116 enum bptype, char *,
117 char **);
118
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 char *, char *, enum bptype,
122 enum bpdisp, int, int,
123 int,
124 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
125 int, int, int, unsigned);
126
127 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
128 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
129
130 static void clear_command (char *, int);
131
132 static void catch_command (char *, int);
133
134 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
135
136 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
137
138 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
139
140 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
141 enum bptype,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
143 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
144 const struct symtab_and_line *);
145
146 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
147 static. */
148 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
149 struct symtab_and_line,
150 enum bptype,
151 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
152
153 static struct breakpoint *
154 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
155 enum bptype type,
156 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
157
158 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
159
160 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
161 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
162 enum bptype bptype);
163
164 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
165 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
166 struct obj_section *, int);
167
168 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
169 CORE_ADDR addr1,
170 struct address_space *aspace2,
171 CORE_ADDR addr2);
172
173 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
174 struct bp_location *loc2);
175
176 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
177 struct address_space *aspace,
178 CORE_ADDR addr);
179
180 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
181
182 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
183
184 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
185 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
186
187 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
188
189 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
190
191 static void commands_command (char *, int);
192
193 static void condition_command (char *, int);
194
195 typedef enum
196 {
197 mark_inserted,
198 mark_uninserted
199 }
200 insertion_state_t;
201
202 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
203 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
204
205 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
206
207 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
208
209 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
210
211 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
212
213 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
214
215 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
216 enum bptype type,
217 int *other_type_used);
218
219 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
220
221 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
222
223 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
224 int count);
225
226 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
227
228 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
229
230 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
231
232 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
233
234 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
235
236 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
237 CORE_ADDR pc);
238
239 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
240 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
241 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
242
243 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
244
245 static void update_global_location_list (int);
246
247 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
248
249 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
250
251 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
252
253 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
254
255 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
256
257 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
258
259 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
260
261 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
262
263 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
264
265 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
266
267 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
268
269 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
270
271 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
272 otherwise. */
273
274 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
275
276 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
277 from. */
278 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
279
280 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
281 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
282 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
283 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
284
285 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
286 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
287
288 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
290
291 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
293
294 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
295 breakpoints. */
296 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
297
298 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
299 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
300
301 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
302 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
303
304 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
305 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
306 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
307 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
308 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
309 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
310
311 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
312 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
313 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
314 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
315 dprintf_style_gdb,
316 dprintf_style_call,
317 dprintf_style_agent,
318 NULL
319 };
320 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
321
322 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
323 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
324 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
325 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
326
327 static char *dprintf_function = "";
328
329 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
330 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
331 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
332 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
333 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
334 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
335 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
336
337 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
338
339 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
340 has disconnected. */
341 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
342
343 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
344 breakpoints share a single command list. */
345 struct counted_command_line
346 {
347 /* The reference count. */
348 int refc;
349
350 /* The command list. */
351 struct command_line *commands;
352 };
353
354 struct command_line *
355 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
356 {
357 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
358 }
359
360 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
361 current breakpoint. */
362
363 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
364
365 const char *
366 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
367 {
368 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
369 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
370 a breakpoint. */
371 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
372
373 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
374 }
375
376 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
377 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
378 if such is available. */
379 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
380
381 static void
382 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
383 struct cmd_list_element *c,
384 const char *value)
385 {
386 fprintf_filtered (file,
387 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
388 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
389 value);
390 }
391
392 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
393 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
394 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
396 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
397 static void
398 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
399 struct cmd_list_element *c,
400 const char *value)
401 {
402 fprintf_filtered (file,
403 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
404 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
405 value);
406 }
407
408 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
409 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
410 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
411 use hardware breakpoints. */
412 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
413 static void
414 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
415 struct cmd_list_element *c,
416 const char *value)
417 {
418 fprintf_filtered (file,
419 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
420 value);
421 }
422
423 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
424 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
425 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
426 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
427 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
428
429 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
430
431 static void
432 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
433 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
434 {
435 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
436 fprintf_filtered (file,
437 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
438 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
439 value,
440 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
441 else
442 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
443 value);
444 }
445
446 int
447 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
448 {
449 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
450 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
451 }
452
453 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
454
455 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
456 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
457 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
458 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
459 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
460 condition_evaluation_auto,
461 condition_evaluation_host,
462 condition_evaluation_target,
463 NULL
464 };
465
466 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
467 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
468
469 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
470 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
471 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
472
473 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
474 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
475 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
476 evaluation mode. */
477
478 static const char *
479 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
480 {
481 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
482 {
483 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
484 return condition_evaluation_target;
485 else
486 return condition_evaluation_host;
487 }
488 else
489 return mode;
490 }
491
492 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
493
494 static const char *
495 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
496 {
497 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
498 }
499
500 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
501 otherwise. */
502
503 static int
504 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
505 {
506 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
507
508 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
509 }
510
511 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
512
513 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
514 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
515
516 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
517 static int overlay_events_enabled;
518
519 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
520 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
521
522 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
523 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
524 current breakpoint. */
525
526 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
527
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
529 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
530 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
531 B = TMP)
532
533 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
534 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
535 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
536
537 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
538 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
539 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
540 BP_TMP++)
541
542 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
543 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
544 to where the loop should start from.
545 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
546 appropriate location to start with. */
547
548 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
549 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
550 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
551 BP_LOCP_START \
552 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
553 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
554 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
555
556 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
557
558 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
559 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
560 if (is_tracepoint (B))
561
562 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
563
564 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
565
566 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
567
568 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
569
570 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
571
572 static unsigned bp_location_count;
573
574 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
575 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
576 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
577 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
578 an address you need to read. */
579
580 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
581
582 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
583 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
584 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
585 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
586 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
587
588 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
589
590 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
591 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
592 by a target. */
593 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
594
595 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
596
597 static int breakpoint_count;
598
599 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
600 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
601 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
602 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
603 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
604
605 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
606
607 static int tracepoint_count;
608
609 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
610 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
611 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
612
613 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
614 static int
615 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
616 {
617 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
618 }
619
620 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
621
622 static void
623 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
624 {
625 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
626 breakpoint_count = num;
627 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
628 }
629
630 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
631 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
632 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
633
634 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
635 breakpoint made. */
636
637 void
638 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
639 {
640 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
641 }
642
643 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
644 breakpoint made. */
645
646 void
647 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
648 {
649 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
650 }
651
652 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
653
654 void
655 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
656 {
657 struct breakpoint *b;
658
659 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
660 b->hit_count = 0;
661 }
662
663 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
664 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
665
666 static struct counted_command_line *
667 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
668 {
669 struct counted_command_line *result
670 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
671
672 result->refc = 1;
673 result->commands = commands;
674 return result;
675 }
676
677 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
678
679 static void
680 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
681 {
682 if (cmd)
683 ++cmd->refc;
684 }
685
686 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
687 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
688 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
689
690 static void
691 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
692 {
693 if (*cmdp)
694 {
695 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
696 {
697 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
698 xfree (*cmdp);
699 }
700 *cmdp = NULL;
701 }
702 }
703
704 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
705
706 static void
707 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
708 {
709 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
710 }
711
712 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
713 argument. */
714
715 static struct cleanup *
716 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
717 {
718 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
719 }
720
721 \f
722 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
723 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
724
725 struct breakpoint *
726 get_breakpoint (int num)
727 {
728 struct breakpoint *b;
729
730 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
731 if (b->number == num)
732 return b;
733
734 return NULL;
735 }
736
737 \f
738
739 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
740 evaluating conditions on its side. */
741
742 static void
743 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
744 {
745 struct bp_location *loc;
746
747 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
748 evaluating conditions and if the user has
749 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
750 side. */
751 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
752 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
753 return;
754
755 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
756 return;
757
758 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
759 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
760 }
761
762 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
763 evaluating conditions on its side. */
764
765 static void
766 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
767 {
768 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
769 evaluating conditions and if the user has
770 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
771 side. */
772 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
773 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
774
775 return;
776
777 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
778 return;
779
780 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
781 }
782
783 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
784 condition_evaluation_mode. */
785
786 static void
787 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
788 struct cmd_list_element *c)
789 {
790 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
791
792 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
793 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
794 {
795 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
796 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
797 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
798 return;
799 }
800
801 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
802 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
803
804 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
805 settings was "auto". */
806 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
807
808 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
809 if (new_mode != old_mode)
810 {
811 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
812 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
813 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
814
815 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
816 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
817 */
818
819 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
820 {
821 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
822 target. */
823 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
824 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
825 }
826 else
827 {
828 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
829 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
830 target knows about. */
831 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
832 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
833 loc->needs_update = 1;
834 }
835
836 /* Do the update. */
837 update_global_location_list (1);
838 }
839
840 return;
841 }
842
843 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
844 what "auto" is translating to. */
845
846 static void
847 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
848 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
849 {
850 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
851 fprintf_filtered (file,
852 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
853 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
854 value,
855 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
856 else
857 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
858 value);
859 }
860
861 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
862 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
863 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
864
865 static int
866 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
867 {
868 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
869 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
870
871 if (a->address == b->address)
872 return 0;
873 else
874 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
875 }
876
877 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
878 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
879 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
880 return NULL. */
881
882 static struct bp_location **
883 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
884 {
885 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
886 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
887 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
888
889 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
890 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
891 dummy_loc.address = address;
892
893 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
894 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
895 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
896 bp_location_compare_addrs);
897
898 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
899 if (locp_found == NULL)
900 return NULL;
901
902 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
903 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
904 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
905 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
906 locp_found--;
907
908 return locp_found;
909 }
910
911 void
912 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
913 int from_tty)
914 {
915 xfree (b->cond_string);
916 b->cond_string = NULL;
917
918 if (is_watchpoint (b))
919 {
920 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
921
922 xfree (w->cond_exp);
923 w->cond_exp = NULL;
924 }
925 else
926 {
927 struct bp_location *loc;
928
929 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
930 {
931 xfree (loc->cond);
932 loc->cond = NULL;
933
934 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
935 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
936 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
937 }
938 }
939
940 if (*exp == 0)
941 {
942 if (from_tty)
943 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
944 }
945 else
946 {
947 const char *arg = exp;
948
949 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
950 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
951 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
952 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
953
954 if (is_watchpoint (b))
955 {
956 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
957
958 innermost_block = NULL;
959 arg = exp;
960 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
961 if (*arg)
962 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
963 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
964 }
965 else
966 {
967 struct bp_location *loc;
968
969 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
970 {
971 arg = exp;
972 loc->cond =
973 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
974 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
975 if (*arg)
976 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
977 }
978 }
979 }
980 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
981
982 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
983 }
984
985 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
986
987 static VEC (char_ptr) *
988 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
989 const char *text, const char *word)
990 {
991 const char *space;
992
993 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
994 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
995 if (*space == '\0')
996 {
997 int len;
998 struct breakpoint *b;
999 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1000
1001 if (text[0] == '$')
1002 {
1003 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1004 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1005 return NULL;
1006 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1007 }
1008
1009 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1010 len = strlen (text);
1011
1012 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1013 {
1014 char number[50];
1015
1016 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1017
1018 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1019 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1020 }
1021
1022 return result;
1023 }
1024
1025 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1026 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1027 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1028 }
1029
1030 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1031
1032 static void
1033 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1034 {
1035 struct breakpoint *b;
1036 char *p;
1037 int bnum;
1038
1039 if (arg == 0)
1040 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1041
1042 p = arg;
1043 bnum = get_number (&p);
1044 if (bnum == 0)
1045 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1046
1047 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1048 if (b->number == bnum)
1049 {
1050 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1051 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1052 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1053 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1054 if (b->py_bp_object
1055 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1056 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1057 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1058 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1059
1060 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1061 update_global_location_list (1);
1062
1063 return;
1064 }
1065
1066 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1067 }
1068
1069 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1070 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1071 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1072
1073 static void
1074 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1075 {
1076 struct command_line *c;
1077
1078 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1079 {
1080 int i;
1081
1082 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1083 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1084 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1085
1086 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1087 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1088
1089 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1090 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1091 command directly. */
1092 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1093 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1094
1095 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1096 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1097 }
1098 }
1099
1100 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1101
1102 static int
1103 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1104 {
1105 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1106 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1107 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1108 }
1109
1110 int
1111 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1112 {
1113 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1114 }
1115
1116 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1117 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1118 found. */
1119
1120 static void
1121 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1122 struct command_line *commands)
1123 {
1124 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1125 {
1126 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1127 struct command_line *c;
1128 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1129
1130 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1131 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1132 ones might not. */
1133 t->step_count = 0;
1134
1135 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1136 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1137 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1138 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1139 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1140 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1141 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1142 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1143 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1144 tracepoint's context. */
1145 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1146 {
1147 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1148 {
1149 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1150 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1151 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1152 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1153 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1154 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1155
1156 if (while_stepping)
1157 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1158 "can be used only once"));
1159 else
1160 while_stepping = c;
1161 }
1162
1163 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1164 }
1165 if (while_stepping)
1166 {
1167 struct command_line *c2;
1168
1169 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1170 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1171 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1172 {
1173 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1174 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1175 }
1176 }
1177 }
1178 else
1179 {
1180 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1181 }
1182 }
1183
1184 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1185 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1186
1187 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1188 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1189 {
1190 struct breakpoint *b;
1191 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1192 struct bp_location *loc;
1193
1194 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1195 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1196 {
1197 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1198 if (loc->address == addr)
1199 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1200 }
1201
1202 return found;
1203 }
1204
1205 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1206 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1207
1208 void
1209 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1210 struct command_line *commands)
1211 {
1212 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1213
1214 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1215 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1216 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1217 }
1218
1219 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1220 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1221 commands. */
1222
1223 void
1224 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1225 {
1226 int old_silent = b->silent;
1227
1228 b->silent = silent;
1229 if (old_silent != silent)
1230 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1231 }
1232
1233 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1234 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1235
1236 void
1237 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1238 {
1239 int old_thread = b->thread;
1240
1241 b->thread = thread;
1242 if (old_thread != thread)
1243 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1244 }
1245
1246 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1247 breakpoint work for any task. */
1248
1249 void
1250 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1251 {
1252 int old_task = b->task;
1253
1254 b->task = task;
1255 if (old_task != task)
1256 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1257 }
1258
1259 void
1260 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1261 {
1262 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1263
1264 validate_actionline (line, b);
1265 }
1266
1267 /* A structure used to pass information through
1268 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1269
1270 struct commands_info
1271 {
1272 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1273 int from_tty;
1274
1275 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1276 char *arg;
1277
1278 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1279 already-parsed command. */
1280 struct command_line *control;
1281
1282 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1283 yet been read. */
1284 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1285 };
1286
1287 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1288 commands_command. */
1289
1290 static void
1291 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1292 {
1293 struct commands_info *info = data;
1294
1295 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1296 {
1297 struct command_line *l;
1298
1299 if (info->control != NULL)
1300 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1301 else
1302 {
1303 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1304 char *str;
1305
1306 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1307 "%s, one per line."),
1308 info->arg);
1309
1310 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1311
1312 l = read_command_lines (str,
1313 info->from_tty, 1,
1314 (is_tracepoint (b)
1315 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1316 b);
1317
1318 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1319 }
1320
1321 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1322 }
1323
1324 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1325 do anything. */
1326 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1327 {
1328 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1329 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1330 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1331 b->commands = info->cmd;
1332 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1333 }
1334 }
1335
1336 static void
1337 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1338 struct command_line *control)
1339 {
1340 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1341 struct commands_info info;
1342
1343 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1344 info.control = control;
1345 info.cmd = NULL;
1346 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1347 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1348 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1349
1350 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1351 {
1352 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1353 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1354 breakpoint_count);
1355 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1356 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1357 else
1358 {
1359 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1360 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1361 numbers will fail in this case. */
1362 arg = NULL;
1363 }
1364 }
1365 else
1366 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1367 our argument. */
1368 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1369
1370 if (arg != NULL)
1371 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1372
1373 info.arg = arg;
1374
1375 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1376
1377 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1378 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1379
1380 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1381 }
1382
1383 static void
1384 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1385 {
1386 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1387 }
1388
1389 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1390 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1391
1392 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1393 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1394 enum command_control_type
1395 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1396 {
1397 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1398 return simple_control;
1399 }
1400
1401 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1402
1403 static int
1404 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1405 {
1406 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1407 return 0;
1408 if (!bl->inserted)
1409 return 0;
1410 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1411 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1412 return 0;
1413 return 1;
1414 }
1415
1416 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1417 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1418
1419 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1420 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1421 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1422
1423 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1424 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1425 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1426 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1427 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1428 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1429 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1430 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1431 and:
1432 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1433
1434 void
1435 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1436 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1437 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1438 {
1439 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1440 search. */
1441 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1442
1443 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1444 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1445 report higher one. */
1446
1447 bc_l = 0;
1448 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1449 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1450 {
1451 struct bp_location *bl;
1452
1453 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1454 bl = bp_location[bc];
1455
1456 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1457 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1458 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1459 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1460
1461 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1462 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1463 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1464
1465 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1466 >= bl->address)
1467 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1468 <= memaddr))
1469 bc_l = bc;
1470 else
1471 bc_r = bc;
1472 }
1473
1474 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1475 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1476 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1477 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1478 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1479 B:
1480
1481 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1482
1483 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1484 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1485 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1486 and L2. */
1487 while (bc_l > 0
1488 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1489 bc_l--;
1490
1491 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1492
1493 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1494 {
1495 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1496 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1497 int bp_size = 0;
1498 int bptoffset = 0;
1499
1500 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1501 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1502 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1503 bl->owner->number);
1504
1505 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1506 content. */
1507
1508 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1509 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1510 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1511 break;
1512
1513 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1514 continue;
1515 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1516 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1517 continue;
1518
1519 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1520 we need to copy. */
1521 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1522 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1523
1524 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1525 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1526 are reading. */
1527 continue;
1528
1529 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1530 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1531 reading. */
1532 continue;
1533
1534 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1535 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1536 {
1537 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1538 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1539 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1540 bp_addr = memaddr;
1541 }
1542
1543 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1544 {
1545 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1546 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1547 }
1548
1549 if (readbuf != NULL)
1550 {
1551 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1552 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1553 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1554 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1555 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1556
1557 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1558 shadow. */
1559 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1560 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1561 }
1562 else
1563 {
1564 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1565 const unsigned char *bp;
1566 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1567 int placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1568
1569 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1570 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1571 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1572
1573 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1574 address. */
1575 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1576
1577 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1578 breakpoint's INSN. */
1579 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1580 }
1581 }
1582 }
1583 \f
1584
1585 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1586 breakpoint. */
1587
1588 int
1589 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1590 {
1591 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1592 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1593 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1594 }
1595
1596 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1597
1598 static int
1599 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1600 {
1601 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1602 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1603 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1604 }
1605
1606 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1607 software. */
1608
1609 int
1610 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1611 {
1612 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1613 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1614 }
1615
1616 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1617 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1618 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1619 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1620 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1621 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1622 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1623 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1624
1625 static int
1626 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1627 {
1628 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1629 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1630 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1631 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1632 }
1633
1634 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1635 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1636
1637 static void
1638 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1639 {
1640 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1641
1642 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1643 {
1644 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1645 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1646 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1647 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1648 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1649 }
1650 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1651 }
1652
1653 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1654 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1655 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1656 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1657 in b->loc->cond.
1658 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1659
1660 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1661 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1662 it.
1663
1664 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1665 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1666 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1667 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1668 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1669 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1670 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1671 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1672
1673 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1674 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1675 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1676 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1677 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1678 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1679 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1680 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1681 not changed.
1682
1683 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1684 hardware watchpoints:
1685
1686 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1687 called several times when GDB stops.
1688
1689 [linux]
1690 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1691 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1692 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1693 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1694 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1695 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1696 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1697 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1698 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1699 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1700 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1701
1702 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1703 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1704
1705 static void
1706 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1707 {
1708 int within_current_scope;
1709 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1710 int frame_saved;
1711
1712 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1713 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1714 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1715 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1716 return;
1717
1718 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1719 return;
1720
1721 frame_saved = 0;
1722
1723 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1724 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1725 within_current_scope = 1;
1726 else
1727 {
1728 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1729 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1730 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1731
1732 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1733 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1734 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1735 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1736 return;
1737
1738 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1739 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1740 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1741 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1742 selected frame. */
1743 frame_saved = 1;
1744 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1745
1746 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1747 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1748 if (within_current_scope)
1749 select_frame (fi);
1750 }
1751
1752 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1753 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1754 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1755 b->base.loc = NULL;
1756
1757 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1758 {
1759 const char *s;
1760
1761 if (b->exp)
1762 {
1763 xfree (b->exp);
1764 b->exp = NULL;
1765 }
1766 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1767 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1768 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1769 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1770 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1771 be completely different objects. */
1772 value_free (b->val);
1773 b->val = NULL;
1774 b->val_valid = 0;
1775
1776 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1777 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1778 locations (re)created below. */
1779 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1780 {
1781 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1782 {
1783 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1784 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1785 }
1786
1787 s = b->base.cond_string;
1788 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1789 }
1790 }
1791
1792 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1793 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1794 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1795 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1796 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1797 if (!target_has_execution)
1798 {
1799 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1800 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1801 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1802 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1803 {
1804 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1805 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1806 else
1807 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1808 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1809 }
1810 }
1811 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1812 {
1813 int pc = 0;
1814 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1815 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1816
1817 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1818
1819 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1820 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1821 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1822 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1823 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1824 watchpoints. */
1825 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1826 {
1827 b->val = v;
1828 b->val_valid = 1;
1829 }
1830
1831 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1832
1833 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1834 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1835 {
1836 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1837 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1838 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1839 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1840 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1841 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1842 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1843 {
1844 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1845
1846 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1847 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1848 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1849 if (v == result
1850 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1851 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1852 {
1853 CORE_ADDR addr;
1854 int type;
1855 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1856
1857 addr = value_address (v);
1858 type = hw_write;
1859 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1860 type = hw_read;
1861 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1862 type = hw_access;
1863
1864 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1865 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1866 ;
1867 *tmp = loc;
1868 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1869
1870 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1871 loc->address = addr;
1872 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1873 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1874 }
1875 }
1876 }
1877
1878 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1879 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1880 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1881 is started. */
1882 if (reparse)
1883 {
1884 int reg_cnt;
1885 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1886 struct bp_location *bl;
1887
1888 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1889
1890 if (reg_cnt)
1891 {
1892 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1893 enum bptype type;
1894
1895 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1896 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1897 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1898
1899 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1900 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1901 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1902 this watchpoint in as well. */
1903
1904 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1905 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1906 hardware watchpoint type. */
1907 type = b->base.type;
1908 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1909 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1910
1911 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1912 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1913 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1914 through watch_command), so always account for it
1915 manually. */
1916
1917 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1918 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1919
1920 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1921 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1922
1923 target_resources_ok
1924 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1925 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1926 {
1927 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1928
1929 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1930 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1931 "hardware watchpoint."));
1932 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1933 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1934 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1935
1936 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1937 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1938 }
1939 else
1940 {
1941 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1942 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1943 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1944 nop. */
1945 b->base.type = type;
1946 }
1947 }
1948 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1949 {
1950 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1951 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1952 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1953 else
1954 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1955 "read/access watchpoint."));
1956 }
1957 else
1958 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1959
1960 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1961 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1962 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1963 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1964 }
1965
1966 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1967 {
1968 next = value_next (v);
1969 if (v != b->val)
1970 value_free (v);
1971 }
1972
1973 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1974 above left it without any location set up. But,
1975 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1976 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1977 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1978 {
1979 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1980 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1981 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1982 base->loc->address = -1;
1983 base->loc->length = -1;
1984 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1985 }
1986 }
1987 else if (!within_current_scope)
1988 {
1989 printf_filtered (_("\
1990 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1991 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1992 b->base.number);
1993 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1994 }
1995
1996 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1997 if (frame_saved)
1998 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1999 }
2000
2001
2002 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2003 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2004 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2005 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2006 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2007 static int
2008 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2009 {
2010 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2011 return 0;
2012
2013 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2014 return 0;
2015
2016 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2017 return 0;
2018
2019 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2020 return 0;
2021
2022 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2023 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2024 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2025 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2026 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2027 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2028 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2029 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2030 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2031 return 0;
2032
2033 return 1;
2034 }
2035
2036 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2037 that the location is not duplicated. */
2038
2039 static int
2040 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2041 {
2042 int result;
2043 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2044
2045 bl->duplicate = 0;
2046 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2047 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2048 return result;
2049 }
2050
2051 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2052 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2053 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2054 any error during parsing. */
2055
2056 static struct agent_expr *
2057 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2058 {
2059 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2060 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2061
2062 if (!cond)
2063 return NULL;
2064
2065 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2066 that may show up. */
2067 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2068 {
2069 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2070 }
2071
2072 if (ex.reason < 0)
2073 {
2074 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2075 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2076 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2077 return NULL;
2078 }
2079
2080 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2081 return aexpr;
2082 }
2083
2084 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2085 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2086 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2087 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2088 one of them is true. */
2089
2090 static void
2091 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2092 {
2093 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2094 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2095 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2096 struct bp_location *loc;
2097
2098 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2099 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2100
2101 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2102 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2103 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2104 side. */
2105 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2106 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2107 return;
2108
2109 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2110 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2111 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2112 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2113 response back to GDB. */
2114 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2115 {
2116 loc = (*loc2p);
2117 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2118 {
2119 if (modified)
2120 {
2121 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2122
2123 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2124 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2125 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2126 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2127 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2128 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2129
2130 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2131 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2132 to the target. */
2133 if (aexpr)
2134 continue;
2135 }
2136
2137 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2138 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2139 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2140 {
2141 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2142 break;
2143 }
2144 }
2145 }
2146
2147 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2148 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2149 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2150
2151 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2152 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2153 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2154 {
2155 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2156 {
2157 loc = (*loc2p);
2158 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2159 {
2160 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2161 located. */
2162 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2163 return;
2164
2165 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2166 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2167 }
2168 }
2169 }
2170
2171 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2172 for this location's address. */
2173 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2174 {
2175 loc = (*loc2p);
2176 if (loc->cond
2177 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2178 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2179 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2180 && loc->enabled)
2181 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2182 conditions to the target. */
2183 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2184 loc->cond_bytecode);
2185 }
2186
2187 return;
2188 }
2189
2190 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2191 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2192 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2193
2194 static struct agent_expr *
2195 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2196 {
2197 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2198 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2199 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2200 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2201 const char *cmdrest;
2202 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2203 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2204 int nargs;
2205 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2206
2207 if (!cmd)
2208 return NULL;
2209
2210 cmdrest = cmd;
2211
2212 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2213 ++cmdrest;
2214 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2215
2216 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2217 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2218
2219 format_start = cmdrest;
2220
2221 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2222
2223 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2224
2225 format_end = cmdrest;
2226
2227 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2228 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2229
2230 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2231
2232 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2233 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2234
2235 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2236 cmdrest++;
2237 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2238
2239 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2240
2241 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2242 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2243
2244 nargs = 0;
2245 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2246 {
2247 const char *cmd1;
2248
2249 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2250 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2251 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2252 cmdrest = cmd1;
2253 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2254 ++cmdrest;
2255 }
2256
2257 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2258 that may show up. */
2259 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2260 {
2261 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2262 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2263 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2264 }
2265
2266 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2267
2268 if (ex.reason < 0)
2269 {
2270 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2271 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2272 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2273 return NULL;
2274 }
2275
2276 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2277 return aexpr;
2278 }
2279
2280 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2281 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2282 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2283
2284 static void
2285 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2286 {
2287 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2288 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2289 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2290 struct bp_location *loc;
2291
2292 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2293 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2294
2295 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2296 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2297 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2298 return;
2299
2300 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2301 return;
2302
2303 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2304 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2305 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2306 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2307 response back to GDB. */
2308 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2309 {
2310 loc = (*loc2p);
2311 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2312 {
2313 if (modified)
2314 {
2315 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2316
2317 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2318 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2319 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2320 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2321 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2322 loc->owner->extra_string);
2323 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2324
2325 if (!aexpr)
2326 continue;
2327 }
2328
2329 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2330 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2331 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2332 {
2333 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2334 break;
2335 }
2336 }
2337 }
2338
2339 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2340 and so clean up. */
2341 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2342 {
2343 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2344 {
2345 loc = (*loc2p);
2346 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2347 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2348 {
2349 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2350 located. */
2351 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2352 return;
2353
2354 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2355 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2356 }
2357 }
2358 }
2359
2360 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2361 for this location's address. */
2362 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2363 {
2364 loc = (*loc2p);
2365 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2366 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2367 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2368 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2369 && loc->enabled)
2370 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2371 to send the commands to the target. */
2372 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2373 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2374 }
2375
2376 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2377 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2378 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2379 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2380 }
2381
2382 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2383 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2384 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2385 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2386 -1 for failure.
2387
2388 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2389 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2390 static int
2391 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2392 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2393 int *disabled_breaks,
2394 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2395 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2396 {
2397 int val = 0;
2398 const char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2399 struct gdb_exception e;
2400
2401 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2402 return 0;
2403
2404 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2405 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2406 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2407 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2408 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2409 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2410 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2411 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2412 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2413 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2414 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2415 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2416
2417 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2418 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2419 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2420 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2421
2422 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2423 {
2424 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2425 build_target_command_list (bl);
2426 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2427 bl->needs_update = 0;
2428 }
2429
2430 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2431 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2432 {
2433 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2434 {
2435 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2436 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2437 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2438
2439 Two important cases are:
2440 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2441 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2442 hardware breakpoint.
2443 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2444 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2445 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2446 so we undo.
2447
2448 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2449 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2450 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2451 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2452 gdb. */
2453 struct mem_region *mr
2454 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2455
2456 if (mr)
2457 {
2458 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2459 {
2460 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2461
2462 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2463 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2464 else
2465 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2466
2467 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2468 {
2469 static int said = 0;
2470
2471 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2472 if (!said)
2473 {
2474 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2475 _("Note: automatically using "
2476 "hardware breakpoints for "
2477 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2478 said = 1;
2479 }
2480 }
2481 }
2482 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2483 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2484 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2485 "at readonly address %s"),
2486 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2487 }
2488 }
2489
2490 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2491 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2492 || bl->section == NULL
2493 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2494 {
2495 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2496 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2497 {
2498 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2499 }
2500 if (e.reason < 0)
2501 {
2502 val = 1;
2503 hw_bp_err_string = e.message;
2504 }
2505 }
2506 else
2507 {
2508 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2509 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2510 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2511 {
2512 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2513 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2514 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2515 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2516 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2517 bl->owner->number);
2518 else
2519 {
2520 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2521 bl->section);
2522 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2523 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2524 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2525 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2526 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2527 if (val != 0)
2528 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2529 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2530 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2531 bl->owner->number);
2532 }
2533 }
2534 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2535 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2536 {
2537 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2538 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2539 {
2540 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2541 }
2542 if (e.reason < 0)
2543 {
2544 val = 1;
2545 hw_bp_err_string = e.message;
2546 }
2547 }
2548 else
2549 {
2550 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2551 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2552 return 0;
2553 }
2554 }
2555
2556 if (val)
2557 {
2558 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2559 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2560 {
2561 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2562 val = 0;
2563 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2564 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2565 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2566 {
2567 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2568 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2569 bl->owner->number);
2570 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2571 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2572 "library breakpoints:\n");
2573 }
2574 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2575 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2576 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2577 }
2578 else
2579 {
2580 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2581 {
2582 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2583 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2584 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2585 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2586 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2587 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2588 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2589 }
2590 else
2591 {
2592 char *message = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2593 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2594 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2595
2596 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2597 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2598 "%s\n",
2599 bl->owner->number, message);
2600
2601 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2602 }
2603
2604 }
2605 }
2606 else
2607 bl->inserted = 1;
2608
2609 return val;
2610 }
2611
2612 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2613 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2614 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2615 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2616 {
2617 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2618 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2619
2620 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2621
2622 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2623 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2624 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2625 {
2626 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2627
2628 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2629 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2630 of this one. */
2631 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2632 if (loc != bl
2633 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2634 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2635 {
2636 bl->duplicate = 1;
2637 bl->inserted = 1;
2638 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2639 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2640 val = 0;
2641 break;
2642 }
2643
2644 if (val == 1)
2645 {
2646 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2647 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2648
2649 if (val)
2650 /* Back to the original value. */
2651 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2652 }
2653 }
2654
2655 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2656 }
2657
2658 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2659 {
2660 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2661 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2662
2663 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2664 if (val)
2665 {
2666 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2667
2668 if (val == 1)
2669 warning (_("\
2670 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2671 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2672 else
2673 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2674 }
2675
2676 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2677
2678 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2679 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2680 so just return success. */
2681 return 0;
2682 }
2683
2684 return 0;
2685 }
2686
2687 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2688 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2689 PSPACE anymore. */
2690
2691 void
2692 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2693 {
2694 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2695 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2696
2697 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2698 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2699 {
2700 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2701 delete_breakpoint (b);
2702 }
2703
2704 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2705 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2706 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2707 {
2708 struct bp_location *tmp;
2709
2710 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2711 {
2712 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2713 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2714 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2715 else
2716 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2717 if (tmp->next == loc)
2718 {
2719 tmp->next = loc->next;
2720 break;
2721 }
2722 }
2723 }
2724
2725 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2726 removed locations above. */
2727 update_global_location_list (0);
2728 }
2729
2730 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2731 Throws exception on any error.
2732 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2733 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2734 void
2735 insert_breakpoints (void)
2736 {
2737 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2738
2739 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2740 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2741 {
2742 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2743
2744 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2745 }
2746
2747 update_global_location_list (1);
2748
2749 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2750 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2751 now. */
2752 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2753 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2754 }
2755
2756 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2757
2758 void
2759 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2760 {
2761 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2762
2763 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2764 {
2765 callback (loc, NULL);
2766 }
2767 }
2768
2769 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2770 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2771 always-inserted mode. */
2772
2773 static void
2774 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2775 {
2776 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2777 int error_flag = 0;
2778 int val = 0;
2779 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2780 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2781 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2782
2783 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2784 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2785
2786 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2787 there was an error. */
2788 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2789
2790 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2791
2792 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2793 {
2794 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2795 breakpoints. */
2796 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2797 continue;
2798
2799 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2800 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2801 deletion of breakpoints. */
2802 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2803 continue;
2804
2805 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2806
2807 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2808 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2809 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2810 insert breakpoints. */
2811 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2812 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2813 continue;
2814
2815 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2816 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2817 if (val)
2818 error_flag = val;
2819 }
2820
2821 if (error_flag)
2822 {
2823 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2824 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2825 }
2826
2827 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2828 }
2829
2830 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2831
2832 static void
2833 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2834 {
2835 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2836 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2837 int error_flag = 0;
2838 int val = 0;
2839 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2840 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2841 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2842
2843 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2844 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2845
2846 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2847 there was an error. */
2848 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2849
2850 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2851
2852 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2853 {
2854 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2855 continue;
2856
2857 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2858 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2859 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2860 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2861 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2862 continue;
2863
2864 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2865
2866 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2867 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2868 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2869 insert breakpoints. */
2870 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2871 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2872 continue;
2873
2874 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2875 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2876 if (val)
2877 error_flag = val;
2878 }
2879
2880 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2881 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2882 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2883 {
2884 int some_failed = 0;
2885 struct bp_location *loc;
2886
2887 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2888 continue;
2889
2890 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2891 continue;
2892
2893 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2894 continue;
2895
2896 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2897 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2898 {
2899 some_failed = 1;
2900 break;
2901 }
2902 if (some_failed)
2903 {
2904 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2905 if (loc->inserted)
2906 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2907
2908 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2909 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2910 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2911 bpt->number);
2912 error_flag = -1;
2913 }
2914 }
2915
2916 if (error_flag)
2917 {
2918 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2919 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2920 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2921 {
2922 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2923 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2924 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2925 }
2926 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2927 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2928 }
2929
2930 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2931 }
2932
2933 /* Used when the program stops.
2934 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2935 removing a breakpoint location. */
2936
2937 int
2938 remove_breakpoints (void)
2939 {
2940 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2941 int val = 0;
2942
2943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2944 {
2945 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2946 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2947 }
2948 return val;
2949 }
2950
2951 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
2952 that thread. */
2953
2954 static void
2955 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
2956 {
2957 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2958
2959 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2960 {
2961 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
2962 {
2963 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2964
2965 printf_filtered (_("\
2966 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
2967 b->number, tp->num);
2968
2969 /* Hide it from the user. */
2970 b->number = 0;
2971 }
2972 }
2973 }
2974
2975 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2976
2977 int
2978 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2979 {
2980 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2981 int val;
2982 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2983
2984 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2985 {
2986 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2987 continue;
2988
2989 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2990 continue;
2991
2992 if (bl->inserted)
2993 {
2994 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2995 if (val != 0)
2996 return val;
2997 }
2998 }
2999 return 0;
3000 }
3001
3002 int
3003 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3004 {
3005 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3006 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3007 int val;
3008 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3009 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3010 struct inferior *inf;
3011 struct thread_info *tp;
3012
3013 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3014 if (tp == NULL)
3015 return 1;
3016
3017 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3018 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3019
3020 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3021
3022 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3023 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3024
3025 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3026 {
3027 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3028 continue;
3029
3030 if (bl->inserted)
3031 {
3032 bl->inserted = 0;
3033 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3034 if (val != 0)
3035 {
3036 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3037 return val;
3038 }
3039 }
3040 }
3041 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3042 return 0;
3043 }
3044
3045 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3046
3047 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3048 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3049 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3050 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3051 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3052 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3053 static void
3054 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3055 {
3056 if (internal)
3057 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3058 else
3059 {
3060 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3061 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3062 }
3063 }
3064
3065 static struct breakpoint *
3066 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3067 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3068 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3069 {
3070 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3071 struct breakpoint *b;
3072
3073 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3074
3075 sal.pc = address;
3076 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3077 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3078
3079 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3080 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3081 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3082
3083 return b;
3084 }
3085
3086 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3087 {
3088 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3089 };
3090 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3091
3092 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3093 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3094 {
3095 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3096 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3097
3098 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3099 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3100
3101 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3102 int longjmp_searched;
3103
3104 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3105 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3106
3107 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3108 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3109
3110 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3111 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3112
3113 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3114 int exception_searched;
3115
3116 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3117 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3118 };
3119
3120 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3121
3122 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3123 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3124
3125 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3126
3127 static int
3128 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3129 {
3130 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3131 }
3132
3133 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3134 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3135
3136 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3137 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3138 {
3139 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3140
3141 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3142 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3143 {
3144 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3145 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3146
3147 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3148 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3149 }
3150 return bp_objfile_data;
3151 }
3152
3153 static void
3154 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3155 {
3156 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3157
3158 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3159 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3160 }
3161
3162 static void
3163 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3164 {
3165 struct objfile *objfile;
3166 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3167
3168 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3169 {
3170 struct breakpoint *b;
3171 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3172 CORE_ADDR addr;
3173
3174 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3175
3176 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3177 continue;
3178
3179 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3180 {
3181 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3182
3183 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3184 if (m == NULL)
3185 {
3186 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3187 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3188 continue;
3189 }
3190 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3191 }
3192
3193 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3194 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3195 bp_overlay_event,
3196 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3197 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3198
3199 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3200 {
3201 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3202 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3203 }
3204 else
3205 {
3206 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3207 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3208 }
3209 }
3210 update_global_location_list (1);
3211 }
3212
3213 static void
3214 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3215 {
3216 struct program_space *pspace;
3217 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3218
3219 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3220
3221 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3222 {
3223 struct objfile *objfile;
3224
3225 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3226
3227 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3228 {
3229 int i;
3230 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3231 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3232
3233 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3234
3235 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3236
3237 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3238 {
3239 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3240
3241 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3242 if (ret != NULL)
3243 {
3244 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3245 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3246
3247 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3248 {
3249 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3250 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3251 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3252 ret = NULL;
3253 }
3254 }
3255 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3256 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3257 }
3258
3259 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3260 {
3261 int i;
3262 struct probe *probe;
3263 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3264
3265 for (i = 0;
3266 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3267 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3268 i, probe);
3269 ++i)
3270 {
3271 struct breakpoint *b;
3272
3273 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3274 bp_longjmp_master,
3275 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3276 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3277 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3278 }
3279
3280 continue;
3281 }
3282
3283 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3284 continue;
3285
3286 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3287 {
3288 struct breakpoint *b;
3289 const char *func_name;
3290 CORE_ADDR addr;
3291
3292 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3293 continue;
3294
3295 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3296 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3297 {
3298 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3299
3300 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3301 if (m == NULL)
3302 {
3303 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3304 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3305 continue;
3306 }
3307 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3308 }
3309
3310 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3311 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3312 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3313 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3314 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3315 }
3316 }
3317 }
3318 update_global_location_list (1);
3319
3320 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3321 }
3322
3323 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3324 static void
3325 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3326 {
3327 struct program_space *pspace;
3328 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3329 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3330
3331 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3332
3333 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3334 {
3335 struct objfile *objfile;
3336 CORE_ADDR addr;
3337
3338 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3339
3340 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3341 {
3342 struct breakpoint *b;
3343 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3344
3345 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3346
3347 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3348 continue;
3349
3350 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3351 {
3352 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3353
3354 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3355 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3356 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3357 {
3358 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3359 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3360 continue;
3361 }
3362 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3363 }
3364
3365 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3366 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3367 bp_std_terminate_master,
3368 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3369 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3370 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3371 }
3372 }
3373
3374 update_global_location_list (1);
3375
3376 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3377 }
3378
3379 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3380
3381 static void
3382 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3383 {
3384 struct objfile *objfile;
3385 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3386
3387 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3388 {
3389 struct breakpoint *b;
3390 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3391 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3392 CORE_ADDR addr;
3393
3394 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3395
3396 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3397 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3398 {
3399 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3400
3401 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3402
3403 if (ret != NULL)
3404 {
3405 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3406 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3407
3408 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3409 {
3410 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3411 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3412 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3413 ret = NULL;
3414 }
3415 }
3416 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3417 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3418 }
3419
3420 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3421 {
3422 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3423 int i;
3424 struct probe *probe;
3425
3426 for (i = 0;
3427 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3428 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3429 i, probe);
3430 ++i)
3431 {
3432 struct breakpoint *b;
3433
3434 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3435 bp_exception_master,
3436 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3437 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3438 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3439 }
3440
3441 continue;
3442 }
3443
3444 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3445
3446 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3447 continue;
3448
3449 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3450
3451 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3452 {
3453 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3454
3455 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3456 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3457 {
3458 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3459 continue;
3460 }
3461
3462 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3463 }
3464
3465 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3466 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3467 &current_target);
3468 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3469 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3470 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3471 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3472 }
3473
3474 update_global_location_list (1);
3475 }
3476
3477 void
3478 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3479 {
3480 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3481 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3482
3483 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3484 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3485 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3486 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3487 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3488 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3489 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3490 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3491 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3492 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3493 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3494
3495 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3496 {
3497 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3498 continue;
3499
3500 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3501 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3502 {
3503 delete_breakpoint (b);
3504 continue;
3505 }
3506
3507 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3508 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3509 {
3510 delete_breakpoint (b);
3511 continue;
3512 }
3513
3514 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3515 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3516 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3517 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3518 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3519 {
3520 delete_breakpoint (b);
3521 continue;
3522 }
3523
3524 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3525 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3526 {
3527 delete_breakpoint (b);
3528 continue;
3529 }
3530
3531 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3532 after an exec. */
3533 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3534 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3535 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3536 {
3537 delete_breakpoint (b);
3538 continue;
3539 }
3540
3541 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3542 {
3543 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3544 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3545 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3546 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3547 continue;
3548 }
3549
3550 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3551 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3552 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3553 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3554 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3555 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3556
3557 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3558 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3559 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3560 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3561 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3562 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3563 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3564
3565 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3566 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3567 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3568 let finish_command delete it.
3569
3570 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3571 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3572 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3573 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3574 solib breakpoints.) */
3575
3576 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3577 {
3578 continue;
3579 }
3580
3581 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3582 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3583 a.out. */
3584 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3585 {
3586 delete_breakpoint (b);
3587 continue;
3588 }
3589 }
3590 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3591 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3592 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3593 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3594 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3595 }
3596
3597 int
3598 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3599 {
3600 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3601 int val = 0;
3602 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3603 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3604
3605 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3606 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3607
3608 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3609 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3610 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3611 {
3612 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3613 continue;
3614
3615 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3616 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3617 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3618 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3619 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3620 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3621 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3622 continue;
3623
3624 if (bl->inserted)
3625 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3626 }
3627
3628 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3629 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3630
3631 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3632 return val;
3633 }
3634
3635 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3636 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3637 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3638 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3639 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3640
3641 static int
3642 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3643 {
3644 int val;
3645
3646 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3647 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3648
3649 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3650 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3651 return 0;
3652
3653 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3654 This should not ever happen. */
3655 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3656
3657 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3658 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3659 {
3660 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3661 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3662 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3663
3664 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3665 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3666 || bl->section == NULL
3667 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3668 {
3669 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3670 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3671 }
3672 else
3673 {
3674 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3675 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3676 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3677 {
3678 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3679 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3680 */
3681 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3682 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3683 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3684 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3685 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3686 else
3687 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3688 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3689 }
3690 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3691 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3692 if (bl->inserted)
3693 {
3694 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3695 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3696 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3697 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3698
3699 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3700 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3701 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3702 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3703 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3704 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3705 else
3706 val = 0;
3707 }
3708 else
3709 {
3710 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3711 val = 0;
3712 }
3713 }
3714
3715 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3716 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3717 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3718 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3719 val = 0;
3720
3721 if (val)
3722 return val;
3723 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3724 }
3725 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3726 {
3727 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3728 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3729
3730 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3731 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3732
3733 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3734 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3735 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3736 bl->owner->number);
3737 }
3738 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3739 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3740 && !bl->duplicate)
3741 {
3742 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3743 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3744
3745 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3746 if (val)
3747 return val;
3748
3749 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3750 }
3751
3752 return 0;
3753 }
3754
3755 static int
3756 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3757 {
3758 int ret;
3759 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3760
3761 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3762 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3763
3764 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3765 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3766 return 0;
3767
3768 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3769 This should not ever happen. */
3770 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3771
3772 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3773
3774 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3775
3776 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3777
3778 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3779 return ret;
3780 }
3781
3782 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3783
3784 void
3785 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3786 {
3787 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3788
3789 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3790 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3791 bl->inserted = 0;
3792 }
3793
3794 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3795 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3796
3797 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3798 between runs.
3799
3800 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3801 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3802 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3803
3804
3805
3806 void
3807 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3808 {
3809 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3810 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3811 int ix;
3812 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3813
3814 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3815 nothing to do. */
3816 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3817 return;
3818
3819 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3820 {
3821 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3822 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3823 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3824 bl->inserted = 0;
3825 }
3826
3827 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3828 {
3829 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3830 continue;
3831
3832 switch (b->type)
3833 {
3834 case bp_call_dummy:
3835 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3836
3837 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3838 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3839 rid of it. */
3840
3841 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3842
3843 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3844
3845 case bp_shlib_event:
3846
3847 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3848 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3849 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3850 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3851 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3852
3853 (gdb) file prog-linux
3854 (gdb) run # native linux target
3855 ...
3856 (gdb) kill
3857 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3858 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3859 */
3860
3861 case bp_step_resume:
3862
3863 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3864
3865 delete_breakpoint (b);
3866 break;
3867
3868 case bp_watchpoint:
3869 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3870 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3871 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3872 {
3873 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3874
3875 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3876 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3877 delete_breakpoint (b);
3878 else if (context == inf_starting)
3879 {
3880 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3881 insert_breakpoints. */
3882 if (w->val)
3883 value_free (w->val);
3884 w->val = NULL;
3885 w->val_valid = 0;
3886 }
3887 }
3888 break;
3889 default:
3890 break;
3891 }
3892 }
3893
3894 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3895 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3896 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3897 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3898 }
3899
3900 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3901 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3902 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3903 match, not program space. */
3904
3905 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3906 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3907 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3908 permanent breakpoint.
3909 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3910 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3911 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3912 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3913 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3914
3915 enum breakpoint_here
3916 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3917 {
3918 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3919 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3920
3921 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3922 {
3923 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3924 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3925 continue;
3926
3927 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3928 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3929 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3930 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3931 {
3932 if (overlay_debugging
3933 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3934 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3935 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3936 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3937 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3938 else
3939 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3940 }
3941 }
3942
3943 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3944 }
3945
3946 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3947
3948 int
3949 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3950 {
3951 struct bp_location *loc;
3952 int ix;
3953
3954 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3955 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3956 return 1;
3957
3958 return 0;
3959 }
3960
3961 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3962 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3963 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3964 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3965
3966 int
3967 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3968 CORE_ADDR pc)
3969 {
3970 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3971
3972 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3973 {
3974 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3975 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3976 continue;
3977
3978 if (bl->inserted
3979 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3980 {
3981 if (overlay_debugging
3982 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3983 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3984 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3985 else
3986 return 1;
3987 }
3988 }
3989 return 0;
3990 }
3991
3992 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3993 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3994
3995 int
3996 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3997 {
3998 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3999 return 1;
4000
4001 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4002 return 1;
4003
4004 return 0;
4005 }
4006
4007 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4008 inserted at PC. */
4009
4010 int
4011 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4012 CORE_ADDR pc)
4013 {
4014 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4015
4016 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4017 {
4018 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4019 continue;
4020
4021 if (bl->inserted
4022 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4023 aspace, pc))
4024 {
4025 if (overlay_debugging
4026 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4027 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4028 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4029 else
4030 return 1;
4031 }
4032 }
4033
4034 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4035 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4036 return 1;
4037
4038 return 0;
4039 }
4040
4041 int
4042 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4043 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4044 {
4045 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4046
4047 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4048 {
4049 struct bp_location *loc;
4050
4051 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4052 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4053 continue;
4054
4055 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4056 continue;
4057
4058 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4059 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4060 {
4061 CORE_ADDR l, h;
4062
4063 /* Check for intersection. */
4064 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4065 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4066 if (l < h)
4067 return 1;
4068 }
4069 }
4070 return 0;
4071 }
4072
4073 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4074 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4075
4076 int
4077 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4078 ptid_t ptid)
4079 {
4080 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4081 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4082 int thread = -1;
4083 int task = 0;
4084
4085 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4086 {
4087 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4088 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4089 continue;
4090
4091 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4092 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4093 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4094 continue;
4095
4096 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4097 continue;
4098
4099 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4100 {
4101 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4102 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4103 it is now time to do so. */
4104 if (thread == -1)
4105 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4106 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4107 continue;
4108 }
4109
4110 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4111 {
4112 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4113 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4114 it is now time to do so. */
4115 if (task == 0)
4116 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4117 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4118 continue;
4119 }
4120
4121 if (overlay_debugging
4122 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4123 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4124 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4125
4126 return 1;
4127 }
4128
4129 return 0;
4130 }
4131 \f
4132
4133 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4134 in breakpoint.h. */
4135
4136 int
4137 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4138 {
4139 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4140 }
4141
4142 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4143 'next' chain. */
4144
4145 static void
4146 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4147 {
4148 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4149 value_free (bs->old_val);
4150 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4151 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4152 xfree (bs);
4153 }
4154
4155 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4156 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4157
4158 void
4159 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4160 {
4161 bpstat p;
4162 bpstat q;
4163
4164 if (bsp == 0)
4165 return;
4166 p = *bsp;
4167 while (p != NULL)
4168 {
4169 q = p->next;
4170 bpstat_free (p);
4171 p = q;
4172 }
4173 *bsp = NULL;
4174 }
4175
4176 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4177 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4178
4179 bpstat
4180 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4181 {
4182 bpstat p = NULL;
4183 bpstat tmp;
4184 bpstat retval = NULL;
4185
4186 if (bs == NULL)
4187 return bs;
4188
4189 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4190 {
4191 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4192 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4193 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4194 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4195 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4196 {
4197 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4198 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4199 }
4200
4201 if (p == NULL)
4202 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4203 retval = tmp;
4204 else
4205 p->next = tmp;
4206 p = tmp;
4207 }
4208 p->next = NULL;
4209 return retval;
4210 }
4211
4212 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4213
4214 bpstat
4215 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4216 {
4217 if (bsp == NULL)
4218 return NULL;
4219
4220 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4221 {
4222 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4223 return bsp;
4224 }
4225 return NULL;
4226 }
4227
4228 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4229
4230 int
4231 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4232 {
4233 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4234 {
4235 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4236 {
4237 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4238 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
4239 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4240 return 1;
4241 }
4242 else
4243 {
4244 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4245 sig))
4246 return 1;
4247 }
4248 }
4249
4250 return 0;
4251 }
4252
4253 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4254 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4255 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4256 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4257
4258 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4259 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4260 we set it.
4261 Return 1 otherwise. */
4262
4263 int
4264 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4265 {
4266 struct breakpoint *b;
4267
4268 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4269 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4270
4271 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4272 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4273 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4274 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4275 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4276 if (b == NULL)
4277 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4278
4279 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4280 return 1;
4281 }
4282
4283 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4284
4285 void
4286 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4287 {
4288 struct thread_info *tp;
4289 bpstat bs;
4290
4291 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4292 return;
4293
4294 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4295 if (tp == NULL)
4296 return;
4297
4298 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4299 {
4300 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4301
4302 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4303 {
4304 value_free (bs->old_val);
4305 bs->old_val = NULL;
4306 }
4307 }
4308 }
4309
4310 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4311
4312 static void
4313 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4314 {
4315 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4316 {
4317 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4318
4319 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4320 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4321 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4322 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4323 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4324 return;
4325 }
4326
4327 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4328 }
4329
4330 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4331 command. */
4332 static void
4333 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4334 {
4335 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4336 }
4337
4338 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4339 or its equivalent. */
4340
4341 static int
4342 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4343 {
4344 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4345 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4346 }
4347
4348 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4349 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4350 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4351 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4352
4353 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4354 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4355 bpstat of the current thread. */
4356
4357 static int
4358 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4359 {
4360 bpstat bs;
4361 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4362 int again = 0;
4363
4364 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4365 in bs->commands. */
4366 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4367 return 0;
4368
4369 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4370 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4371
4372 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4373
4374 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4375 bs = *bsp;
4376
4377 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4378 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4379 {
4380 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4381 struct command_line *cmd;
4382 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4383
4384 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4385
4386 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4387 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4388 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4389 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4390 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4391 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4392 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4393 the tree when we're done. */
4394 ccmd = bs->commands;
4395 bs->commands = NULL;
4396 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4397 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4398 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4399 {
4400 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4401 cmd = cmd->next;
4402 }
4403
4404 while (cmd != NULL)
4405 {
4406 execute_control_command (cmd);
4407
4408 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4409 break;
4410 else
4411 cmd = cmd->next;
4412 }
4413
4414 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4415 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4416
4417 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4418 {
4419 if (target_can_async_p ())
4420 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4421 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4422 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4423 ;
4424 else
4425 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4426 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4427 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4428 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4429 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4430 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4431 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4432 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4433 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4434 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4435 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4436 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4437 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4438 again = 1;
4439 break;
4440 }
4441 }
4442 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4443 return again;
4444 }
4445
4446 void
4447 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4448 {
4449 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4450
4451 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4452 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4453 && target_has_execution
4454 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4455 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4456 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4457 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4458 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4459 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4460 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4461 break;
4462
4463 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4464 }
4465
4466 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4467
4468 static void
4469 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4470 {
4471 if (val == NULL)
4472 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4473 else
4474 {
4475 struct value_print_options opts;
4476 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4477 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4478 }
4479 }
4480
4481 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4482 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4483 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4484 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4485 normal_stop(). */
4486
4487 static enum print_stop_action
4488 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4489 {
4490 switch (bs->print_it)
4491 {
4492 case print_it_noop:
4493 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4494 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4495 break;
4496
4497 case print_it_done:
4498 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4499 relevant messages. */
4500 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4501 break;
4502
4503 case print_it_normal:
4504 {
4505 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4506
4507 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4508 which has since been deleted. */
4509 if (b == NULL)
4510 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4511
4512 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4513 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4514 }
4515 break;
4516
4517 default:
4518 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4519 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4520 break;
4521 }
4522 }
4523
4524 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4525
4526 static void
4527 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4528 {
4529 int any_deleted
4530 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4531 int any_added
4532 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4533
4534 if (!is_catchpoint)
4535 {
4536 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4537 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4538 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4539 else
4540 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4541 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4542 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4543 }
4544
4545 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4546 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4547 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4548
4549 if (any_deleted)
4550 {
4551 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4552 char *name;
4553 int ix;
4554
4555 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4556 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4557 "removed");
4558 for (ix = 0;
4559 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4560 ix, name);
4561 ++ix)
4562 {
4563 if (ix > 0)
4564 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4565 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4566 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4567 }
4568
4569 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4570 }
4571
4572 if (any_added)
4573 {
4574 struct so_list *iter;
4575 int ix;
4576 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4577
4578 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4579 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4580 "added");
4581 for (ix = 0;
4582 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4583 ix, iter);
4584 ++ix)
4585 {
4586 if (ix > 0)
4587 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4588 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4589 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4590 }
4591
4592 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4593 }
4594 }
4595
4596 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4597 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4598 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4599 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4600 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4601 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4602 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4603 routine is one of:
4604
4605 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4606 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4607 code to print the location. An example is
4608 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4609 the location.
4610 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4611 to also print the location part of the message.
4612 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4613 don't require a location appended to the end.
4614 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4615 further info to be printed. */
4616
4617 enum print_stop_action
4618 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4619 {
4620 int val;
4621
4622 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4623 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4624 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4625 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4626 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4627 {
4628 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4629 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4630 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4631 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4632 return val;
4633 }
4634
4635 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4636 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4637 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4638 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4639 {
4640 print_solib_event (0);
4641 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4642 }
4643
4644 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4645 with and nothing was printed. */
4646 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4647 }
4648
4649 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4650 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4651 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4652 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4653 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4654 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4655
4656 static int
4657 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4658 {
4659 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4660 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4661
4662 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4663 return i;
4664 }
4665
4666 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4667
4668 static bpstat
4669 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4670 {
4671 bpstat bs;
4672
4673 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4674 bs->next = NULL;
4675 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4676 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4677 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4678 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4679 incref_bp_location (bl);
4680 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4681 bs->commands = NULL;
4682 bs->old_val = NULL;
4683 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4684 return bs;
4685 }
4686 \f
4687 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4688 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4689
4690 int
4691 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4692 {
4693 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4694 CORE_ADDR addr;
4695 struct breakpoint *b;
4696
4697 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4698 {
4699 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4700 as not triggered. */
4701 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4702 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4703 {
4704 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4705
4706 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4707 }
4708
4709 return 0;
4710 }
4711
4712 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4713 {
4714 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4715 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4716 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4717 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4718 {
4719 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4720
4721 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4722 }
4723
4724 return 1;
4725 }
4726
4727 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4728 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4729 triggered. */
4730
4731 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4732 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4733 {
4734 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4735 struct bp_location *loc;
4736
4737 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4738 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4739 {
4740 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4741 {
4742 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4743 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4744
4745 if (newaddr == start)
4746 {
4747 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4748 break;
4749 }
4750 }
4751 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4752 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4753 addr, loc->address,
4754 loc->length))
4755 {
4756 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4757 break;
4758 }
4759 }
4760 }
4761
4762 return 1;
4763 }
4764
4765 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4766 because of check_errors). */
4767 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4768 #define WP_DELETED 1
4769 /* The value has changed. */
4770 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4771 /* The value has not changed. */
4772 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4773 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4774 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4775
4776 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4777 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4778
4779 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4780 changed.
4781
4782 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4783 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4784
4785 static int
4786 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4787 {
4788 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4789 struct watchpoint *b;
4790 struct frame_info *fr;
4791 int within_current_scope;
4792
4793 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4794 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4795 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4796
4797 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4798 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4799 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4800 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4801 return WP_IGNORE;
4802
4803 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4804 within_current_scope = 1;
4805 else
4806 {
4807 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4808 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4809 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4810
4811 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4812 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4813 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4814 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4815 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4816 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4817 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4818 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4819 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4820 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4821 return WP_IGNORE;
4822
4823 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4824 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4825
4826 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4827 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4828 if (within_current_scope)
4829 {
4830 struct symbol *function;
4831
4832 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4833 if (function == NULL
4834 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4835 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4836 within_current_scope = 0;
4837 }
4838
4839 if (within_current_scope)
4840 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4841 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4842 the user. */
4843 select_frame (fr);
4844 }
4845
4846 if (within_current_scope)
4847 {
4848 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4849 time before we return to the command level and call
4850 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4851 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4852
4853 int pc = 0;
4854 struct value *mark;
4855 struct value *new_val;
4856
4857 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4858 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4859 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4860 a mask watchpoint. */
4861 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4862
4863 mark = value_mark ();
4864 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
4865
4866 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4867 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4868 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4869 not what we want. */
4870 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4871 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4872 {
4873 if (new_val != NULL)
4874 {
4875 release_value (new_val);
4876 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4877 }
4878 bs->old_val = b->val;
4879 b->val = new_val;
4880 b->val_valid = 1;
4881 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4882 }
4883 else
4884 {
4885 /* Nothing changed. */
4886 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4887 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4888 }
4889 }
4890 else
4891 {
4892 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4893
4894 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4895 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4896 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4897 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4898 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4899 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4900 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4901 the first value assigned). */
4902 /* We print all the stop information in
4903 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4904 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4905 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4906 here. */
4907 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4908 ui_out_field_string
4909 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4910 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4911 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4912 ui_out_text (uiout,
4913 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4914 which its expression is valid.\n");
4915
4916 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4917 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4918 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4919
4920 return WP_DELETED;
4921 }
4922 }
4923
4924 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4925 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4926 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4927
4928 static int
4929 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4930 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4931 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4932 {
4933 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4934
4935 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4936 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4937
4938 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4939 }
4940
4941 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4942 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4943
4944 static void
4945 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4946 {
4947 const struct bp_location *bl;
4948 struct watchpoint *b;
4949
4950 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4951 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4952 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4953 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4954 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4955
4956 {
4957 int must_check_value = 0;
4958
4959 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4960 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4961 watched value. */
4962 must_check_value = 1;
4963 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4964 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4965 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4966 this watchpoint. */
4967 must_check_value = 1;
4968 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4969 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4970 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4971 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4972 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4973 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4974 must_check_value = 1;
4975
4976 if (must_check_value)
4977 {
4978 char *message
4979 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4980 b->base.number);
4981 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4982 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4983 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4984 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4985 switch (e)
4986 {
4987 case WP_DELETED:
4988 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4989 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4990 /* Stop. */
4991 break;
4992 case WP_IGNORE:
4993 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4994 bs->stop = 0;
4995 break;
4996 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4997 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4998 {
4999 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5000
5001 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5002 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5003 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5004 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5005 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5006 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5007 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5008 old value.
5009
5010 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5011 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5012 happen:
5013
5014 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5015 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5016 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5017 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5018
5019 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5020 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5021 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5022 watchpoint.
5023
5024 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5025 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5026 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5027 changes. This still gives false positives when
5028 the program writes the same value to memory as
5029 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5030 it for a read), but it's much better than
5031 nothing. */
5032
5033 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5034
5035 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5036 {
5037 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5038
5039 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5040 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5041 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5042 {
5043 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5044 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5045
5046 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5047 == watch_triggered_yes)
5048 {
5049 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5050 break;
5051 }
5052 }
5053 }
5054
5055 if (other_write_watchpoint
5056 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5057 {
5058 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5059 and the value changed since the last time we
5060 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5061 Ignore it. */
5062 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5063 bs->stop = 0;
5064 }
5065 }
5066 break;
5067 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5068 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5069 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5070 {
5071 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5072 the value hasn't changed. */
5073 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5074 bs->stop = 0;
5075 }
5076 /* Stop. */
5077 break;
5078 default:
5079 /* Can't happen. */
5080 case 0:
5081 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5082 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5083 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5084 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5085 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5086 break;
5087 }
5088 }
5089 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5090 {
5091 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5092 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5093 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5094 anything for this watchpoint. */
5095 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5096 bs->stop = 0;
5097 }
5098 }
5099 }
5100
5101 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5102 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5103 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5104 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5105
5106 static void
5107 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5108 {
5109 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5110 const struct bp_location *bl;
5111 struct breakpoint *b;
5112 int value_is_zero = 0;
5113 struct expression *cond;
5114
5115 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5116
5117 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5118 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5119 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5120 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5121 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5122
5123 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5124 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5125 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5126
5127 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5128 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5129 {
5130 bs->stop = 0;
5131 return;
5132 }
5133
5134 /* If this is a thread-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu evaluating the
5135 condition if this isn't the specified thread. */
5136 if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5137 {
5138 bs->stop = 0;
5139 return;
5140 }
5141
5142 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop" method implemented. */
5143 if (b->py_bp_object)
5144 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5145
5146 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5147 {
5148 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5149
5150 cond = w->cond_exp;
5151 }
5152 else
5153 cond = bl->cond;
5154
5155 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5156 {
5157 int within_current_scope = 1;
5158 struct watchpoint * w;
5159
5160 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5161 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5162 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5163 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5164 function call. */
5165 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5166
5167 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5168 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5169 else
5170 w = NULL;
5171
5172 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5173 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5174 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5175 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5176 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5177 call site. */
5178 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5179 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5180 else
5181 {
5182 struct frame_info *frame;
5183
5184 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5185 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5186 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5187 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5188 really matter which instantiation of the function
5189 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5190 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5191 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5192 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5193 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5194 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5195 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5196 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5197 intuitive. */
5198 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5199 if (frame != NULL)
5200 select_frame (frame);
5201 else
5202 within_current_scope = 0;
5203 }
5204 if (within_current_scope)
5205 value_is_zero
5206 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5207 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5208 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5209 else
5210 {
5211 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5212 "in the current scope"));
5213 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5214 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5215 value_is_zero = 0;
5216 }
5217 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5218 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5219 }
5220
5221 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5222 {
5223 bs->stop = 0;
5224 }
5225 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5226 {
5227 b->ignore_count--;
5228 bs->stop = 0;
5229 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5230 ++(b->hit_count);
5231 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5232 }
5233 }
5234
5235
5236 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5237 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5238
5239 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5240 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5241 that:
5242
5243 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5244
5245 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5246
5247 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5248 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5249 several reasons concurrently.)
5250
5251 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5252 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5253
5254 bpstat
5255 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5256 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5257 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5258 {
5259 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5260 struct bp_location *bl;
5261 struct bp_location *loc;
5262 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5263 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5264 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5265 bpstat bs;
5266 int ix;
5267 int need_remove_insert;
5268 int removed_any;
5269
5270 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5271 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5272 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5273 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5274 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5275 inferior function calls. */
5276
5277 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5278 {
5279 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5280 continue;
5281
5282 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5283 {
5284 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5285 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5286 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5287 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5288 checked all locations already. */
5289 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5290 break;
5291
5292 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5293 continue;
5294
5295 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5296 continue;
5297
5298 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5299 matches. */
5300
5301 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5302 explain stop. */
5303
5304 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5305 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5306 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5307 bs->stop = 1;
5308 bs->print = 1;
5309
5310 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5311 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5312 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5313 iteration. */
5314 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5315 {
5316 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5317
5318 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5319 }
5320 }
5321 }
5322
5323 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5324 {
5325 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5326 {
5327 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5328 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5329 bs->stop = 0;
5330 bs->print = 0;
5331 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5332 }
5333 }
5334
5335 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5336 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5337 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5338 "catch unload". */
5339 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5340 {
5341 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5342 {
5343 handle_solib_event ();
5344 break;
5345 }
5346 }
5347
5348 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5349 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5350 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5351
5352 removed_any = 0;
5353
5354 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5355 {
5356 if (!bs->stop)
5357 continue;
5358
5359 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5360 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5361 if (bs->stop)
5362 {
5363 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5364
5365 if (bs->stop)
5366 {
5367 ++(b->hit_count);
5368 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5369
5370 /* We will stop here. */
5371 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5372 {
5373 --(b->enable_count);
5374 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5375 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5376 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5377 removed_any = 1;
5378 }
5379 if (b->silent)
5380 bs->print = 0;
5381 bs->commands = b->commands;
5382 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5383 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5384 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5385 bs->print = 0;
5386
5387 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5388 }
5389
5390 }
5391
5392 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5393 print. */
5394 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5395 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5396 }
5397
5398 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5399 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5400 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5401 done later. */
5402 need_remove_insert = 0;
5403 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5404 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5405 if (!bs->stop
5406 && bs->breakpoint_at
5407 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5408 {
5409 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5410
5411 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5412 need_remove_insert = 1;
5413 }
5414
5415 if (need_remove_insert)
5416 update_global_location_list (1);
5417 else if (removed_any)
5418 update_global_location_list (0);
5419
5420 return bs_head;
5421 }
5422
5423 static void
5424 handle_jit_event (void)
5425 {
5426 struct frame_info *frame;
5427 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5428
5429 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5430 breakpoint_re_set. */
5431 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5432
5433 frame = get_current_frame ();
5434 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5435
5436 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5437
5438 target_terminal_inferior ();
5439 }
5440
5441 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5442
5443 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5444
5445 struct bpstat_what
5446 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5447 {
5448 struct bpstat_what retval;
5449 int jit_event = 0;
5450 bpstat bs;
5451
5452 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5453 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5454 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5455
5456 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5457 {
5458 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5459 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5460 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5461 enum bptype bptype;
5462
5463 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5464 {
5465 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5466 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5467 bptype = bp_none;
5468 }
5469 else
5470 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5471
5472 switch (bptype)
5473 {
5474 case bp_none:
5475 break;
5476 case bp_breakpoint:
5477 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5478 case bp_until:
5479 case bp_finish:
5480 case bp_shlib_event:
5481 if (bs->stop)
5482 {
5483 if (bs->print)
5484 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5485 else
5486 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5487 }
5488 else
5489 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5490 break;
5491 case bp_watchpoint:
5492 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5493 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5494 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5495 if (bs->stop)
5496 {
5497 if (bs->print)
5498 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5499 else
5500 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5501 }
5502 else
5503 {
5504 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5505 This requires no further action. */
5506 }
5507 break;
5508 case bp_longjmp:
5509 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5510 case bp_exception:
5511 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5512 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5513 break;
5514 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5515 case bp_exception_resume:
5516 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5517 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5518 break;
5519 case bp_step_resume:
5520 if (bs->stop)
5521 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5522 else
5523 {
5524 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5525 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5526 }
5527 break;
5528 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5529 if (bs->stop)
5530 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5531 else
5532 {
5533 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5534 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5535 }
5536 break;
5537 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5538 case bp_thread_event:
5539 case bp_overlay_event:
5540 case bp_longjmp_master:
5541 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5542 case bp_exception_master:
5543 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5544 break;
5545 case bp_catchpoint:
5546 if (bs->stop)
5547 {
5548 if (bs->print)
5549 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5550 else
5551 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5552 }
5553 else
5554 {
5555 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5556 This requires no further action. */
5557 }
5558 break;
5559 case bp_jit_event:
5560 jit_event = 1;
5561 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5562 break;
5563 case bp_call_dummy:
5564 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5565 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5566 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5567 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5568 break;
5569 case bp_std_terminate:
5570 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5571 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5572 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5573 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5574 break;
5575 case bp_tracepoint:
5576 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5577 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5578 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5579 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5580 out already. */
5581 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5582 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5583 break;
5584 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5585 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5586 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5587 break;
5588 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5589 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5590 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5591 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5592 break;
5593
5594 case bp_dprintf:
5595 if (bs->stop)
5596 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5597 else
5598 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5599 break;
5600
5601 default:
5602 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5603 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5604 }
5605
5606 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5607 }
5608
5609 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5610 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5611
5612 if (jit_event)
5613 {
5614 if (debug_infrun)
5615 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5616
5617 handle_jit_event ();
5618 }
5619
5620 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5621 {
5622 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5623
5624 if (b == NULL)
5625 continue;
5626 switch (b->type)
5627 {
5628 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5629 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5630 break;
5631 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5632 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5633 break;
5634 }
5635 }
5636
5637 return retval;
5638 }
5639
5640 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5641 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5642 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5643
5644 int
5645 bpstat_should_step (void)
5646 {
5647 struct breakpoint *b;
5648
5649 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5650 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5651 return 1;
5652 return 0;
5653 }
5654
5655 int
5656 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5657 {
5658 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5659 if (bs->stop)
5660 return 1;
5661
5662 return 0;
5663 }
5664
5665 \f
5666
5667 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5668 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5669 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5670
5671 static char *
5672 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5673 {
5674 static char wrap_indent[80];
5675 int i, total_width, width, align;
5676 char *text;
5677
5678 total_width = 0;
5679 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5680 {
5681 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5682 {
5683 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5684 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5685 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5686
5687 return wrap_indent;
5688 }
5689
5690 total_width += width + 1;
5691 }
5692
5693 return NULL;
5694 }
5695
5696 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5697 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5698
5699 "host": Host evals condition.
5700 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5701 "target": Target evals condition.
5702 */
5703
5704 static const char *
5705 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5706 {
5707 struct bp_location *bl;
5708 char host_evals = 0;
5709 char target_evals = 0;
5710
5711 if (!b)
5712 return NULL;
5713
5714 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5715 return NULL;
5716
5717 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5718 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5719 return condition_evaluation_host;
5720
5721 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5722 {
5723 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5724 target_evals++;
5725 else
5726 host_evals++;
5727 }
5728
5729 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5730 return condition_evaluation_both;
5731 else if (target_evals)
5732 return condition_evaluation_target;
5733 else
5734 return condition_evaluation_host;
5735 }
5736
5737 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5738 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5739
5740 static const char *
5741 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5742 {
5743 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5744 return NULL;
5745
5746 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5747 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5748 return condition_evaluation_host;
5749
5750 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5751 return condition_evaluation_target;
5752 else
5753 return condition_evaluation_host;
5754 }
5755
5756 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5757
5758 static void
5759 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5760 struct bp_location *loc)
5761 {
5762 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5763 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5764
5765 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5766 loc = NULL;
5767
5768 if (loc != NULL)
5769 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5770
5771 if (b->display_canonical)
5772 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5773 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5774 {
5775 struct symbol *sym
5776 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5777 if (sym)
5778 {
5779 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5780 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5781 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5782 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5783 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5784 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5785 }
5786 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5787 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5788 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5789
5790 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5791 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5792 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5793
5794 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5795 }
5796 else if (loc)
5797 {
5798 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5799 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5800
5801 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5802 demangle, "");
5803 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5804
5805 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5806 }
5807 else
5808 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5809
5810 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5811 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5812 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5813 {
5814 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5815 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5816 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5817 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5818 }
5819
5820 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5821 }
5822
5823 static const char *
5824 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5825 {
5826 struct ep_type_description
5827 {
5828 enum bptype type;
5829 char *description;
5830 };
5831 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5832 {
5833 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5834 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5835 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5836 {bp_until, "until"},
5837 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5838 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5839 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5840 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5841 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5842 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5843 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5844 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5845 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5846 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5847 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5848 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5849 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5850 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5851 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5852 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5853 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5854 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5855 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5856 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5857 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5858 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5859 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5860 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5861 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5862 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5863 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5864 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5865 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5866 };
5867
5868 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5869 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5870 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5871 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5872 (int) type);
5873
5874 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5875 }
5876
5877 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5878 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5879
5880 static void
5881 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5882 const char *field_name,
5883 VEC(int) *inf_num,
5884 int mi_only)
5885 {
5886 struct cleanup *back_to;
5887 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5888 int inf;
5889 int i;
5890
5891 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5892 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5893 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5894 return;
5895
5896 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
5897
5898 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5899 {
5900 if (is_mi)
5901 {
5902 char mi_group[10];
5903
5904 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5905 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5906 }
5907 else
5908 {
5909 if (i == 0)
5910 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5911 else
5912 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5913
5914 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5915 }
5916 }
5917
5918 do_cleanups (back_to);
5919 }
5920
5921 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5922
5923 static void
5924 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5925 struct bp_location *loc,
5926 int loc_number,
5927 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5928 int allflag)
5929 {
5930 struct command_line *l;
5931 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5932
5933 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5934 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5935 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5936 struct value_print_options opts;
5937
5938 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5939
5940 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5941 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5942 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5943 if (loc == NULL
5944 && (b->loc != NULL
5945 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5946 header_of_multiple = 1;
5947 if (loc == NULL)
5948 loc = b->loc;
5949
5950 annotate_record ();
5951
5952 /* 1 */
5953 annotate_field (0);
5954 if (part_of_multiple)
5955 {
5956 char *formatted;
5957 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5958 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5959 xfree (formatted);
5960 }
5961 else
5962 {
5963 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5964 }
5965
5966 /* 2 */
5967 annotate_field (1);
5968 if (part_of_multiple)
5969 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5970 else
5971 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5972
5973 /* 3 */
5974 annotate_field (2);
5975 if (part_of_multiple)
5976 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5977 else
5978 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5979
5980
5981 /* 4 */
5982 annotate_field (3);
5983 if (part_of_multiple)
5984 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5985 else
5986 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5987 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5988 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5989
5990
5991 /* 5 and 6 */
5992 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5993 {
5994 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5995 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5996 make sure there's just one location. */
5997 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5998 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5999 }
6000 else
6001 switch (b->type)
6002 {
6003 case bp_none:
6004 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6005 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6006 break;
6007
6008 case bp_watchpoint:
6009 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6010 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6011 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6012 {
6013 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6014
6015 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6016 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6017 is relatively readable). */
6018 if (opts.addressprint)
6019 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6020 annotate_field (5);
6021 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6022 }
6023 break;
6024
6025 case bp_breakpoint:
6026 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6027 case bp_until:
6028 case bp_finish:
6029 case bp_longjmp:
6030 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6031 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6032 case bp_exception:
6033 case bp_exception_resume:
6034 case bp_step_resume:
6035 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6036 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6037 case bp_call_dummy:
6038 case bp_std_terminate:
6039 case bp_shlib_event:
6040 case bp_thread_event:
6041 case bp_overlay_event:
6042 case bp_longjmp_master:
6043 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6044 case bp_exception_master:
6045 case bp_tracepoint:
6046 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6047 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6048 case bp_dprintf:
6049 case bp_jit_event:
6050 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6051 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6052 if (opts.addressprint)
6053 {
6054 annotate_field (4);
6055 if (header_of_multiple)
6056 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6057 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6058 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6059 else
6060 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6061 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6062 }
6063 annotate_field (5);
6064 if (!header_of_multiple)
6065 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6066 if (b->loc)
6067 *last_loc = b->loc;
6068 break;
6069 }
6070
6071
6072 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6073 {
6074 struct inferior *inf;
6075 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6076 int mi_only = 1;
6077
6078 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6079 {
6080 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6081 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6082 }
6083
6084 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6085 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6086 if (allflag
6087 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6088 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6089 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6090 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6091 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6092 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6093 mi_only = 0;
6094 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6095 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6096 }
6097
6098 if (!part_of_multiple)
6099 {
6100 if (b->thread != -1)
6101 {
6102 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6103 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6104 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6105 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6106 }
6107 else if (b->task != 0)
6108 {
6109 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6110 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6111 }
6112 }
6113
6114 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6115
6116 if (!part_of_multiple)
6117 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6118
6119 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6120 {
6121 annotate_field (6);
6122 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6123 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6124 the frame ID. */
6125 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6126 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6127 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6128 }
6129
6130 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6131 {
6132 annotate_field (7);
6133 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6134 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6135 else
6136 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6137 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6138
6139 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6140 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6141 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6142 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6143 == condition_evaluation_target)
6144 {
6145 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6146 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6147 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6148 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6149 }
6150 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6151 }
6152
6153 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6154 {
6155 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6156 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6157 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6158 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6159 }
6160
6161 if (!part_of_multiple)
6162 {
6163 if (b->hit_count)
6164 {
6165 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6166 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6167 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6168 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6169 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6170 else
6171 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6172 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6173 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6174 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6175 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6176 else
6177 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6178 }
6179 else
6180 {
6181 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6182 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6183 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6184 }
6185 }
6186
6187 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6188 {
6189 annotate_field (8);
6190 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6191 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6192 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6193 }
6194
6195 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6196 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6197 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6198 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6199 {
6200 annotate_field (8);
6201 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6202 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6203 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6204 if (b->ignore_count)
6205 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6206 else
6207 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6208 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6209 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6210 }
6211
6212 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6213 {
6214 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6215
6216 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6217 {
6218 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6219 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6220 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6221 }
6222 }
6223
6224 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6225 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6226 {
6227 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6228
6229 annotate_field (9);
6230 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6231 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6232 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6233 }
6234
6235 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6236 {
6237 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6238
6239 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6240 {
6241 annotate_field (10);
6242 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6243 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6244 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6245 }
6246
6247 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6248 pending. */
6249 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6250 {
6251 annotate_field (11);
6252
6253 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6254 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6255 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6256 else
6257 {
6258 if (loc->inserted)
6259 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6260 else
6261 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6262 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6263 }
6264 }
6265 }
6266
6267 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6268 {
6269 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6270 {
6271 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6272
6273 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6274 }
6275 else if (b->addr_string)
6276 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6277 }
6278 }
6279
6280 static void
6281 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6282 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6283 int allflag)
6284 {
6285 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6286 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6287
6288 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6289
6290 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6291 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6292
6293 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6294 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6295 locations, if any. */
6296 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6297 {
6298 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6299 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6300 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6301 situation.
6302
6303 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6304 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6305 if (b->loc
6306 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6307 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6308 {
6309 struct bp_location *loc;
6310 int n = 1;
6311
6312 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6313 {
6314 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6315 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6316 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6317 do_cleanups (inner2);
6318 }
6319 }
6320 }
6321 }
6322
6323 static int
6324 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6325 {
6326 int print_address_bits = 0;
6327 struct bp_location *loc;
6328
6329 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6330 {
6331 int addr_bit;
6332
6333 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6334 an address to print. */
6335 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6336 continue;
6337
6338 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6339 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6340 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6341 }
6342
6343 return print_address_bits;
6344 }
6345
6346 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6347 {
6348 int bnum;
6349 };
6350
6351 static int
6352 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6353 {
6354 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6355 struct breakpoint *b;
6356 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6357
6358 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6359 {
6360 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6361 {
6362 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6363 return GDB_RC_OK;
6364 }
6365 }
6366 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6367 }
6368
6369 enum gdb_rc
6370 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6371 char **error_message)
6372 {
6373 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6374
6375 args.bnum = bnum;
6376 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6377 an error. */
6378 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6379 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6380 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6381 else
6382 return GDB_RC_OK;
6383 }
6384
6385 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6386 internal or momentary. */
6387
6388 int
6389 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6390 {
6391 return b->number > 0;
6392 }
6393
6394 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6395 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6396 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6397 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6398 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6399 breakpoints listed. */
6400
6401 static int
6402 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6403 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6404 {
6405 struct breakpoint *b;
6406 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6407 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6408 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6409 struct value_print_options opts;
6410 int print_address_bits = 0;
6411 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6412 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6413
6414 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6415
6416 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6417 required for address fields. */
6418 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6419 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6420 {
6421 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6422 if (filter && !filter (b))
6423 continue;
6424
6425 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6426 accept. Skip the others. */
6427 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6428 {
6429 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6430 continue;
6431 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6432 continue;
6433 }
6434
6435 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6436 {
6437 int addr_bit, type_len;
6438
6439 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6440 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6441 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6442
6443 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6444 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6445 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6446
6447 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6448 }
6449 }
6450
6451 if (opts.addressprint)
6452 bkpttbl_chain
6453 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6454 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6455 "BreakpointTable");
6456 else
6457 bkpttbl_chain
6458 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6459 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6460 "BreakpointTable");
6461
6462 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6463 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6464 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6465 annotate_field (0);
6466 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6467 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6468 annotate_field (1);
6469 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6470 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6471 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6472 annotate_field (2);
6473 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6474 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6475 annotate_field (3);
6476 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6477 if (opts.addressprint)
6478 {
6479 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6480 annotate_field (4);
6481 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6482 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6483 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6484 else
6485 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6486 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6487 }
6488 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6489 annotate_field (5);
6490 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6491 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6492 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6493 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6494
6495 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6496 {
6497 QUIT;
6498 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6499 if (filter && !filter (b))
6500 continue;
6501
6502 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6503 accept. Skip the others. */
6504
6505 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6506 {
6507 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6508 {
6509 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6510 continue;
6511 }
6512 else /* all others */
6513 {
6514 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6515 continue;
6516 }
6517 }
6518 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6519 allflag is set. */
6520 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6521 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6522 }
6523
6524 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6525
6526 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6527 {
6528 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6529 empty list. */
6530 if (!filter)
6531 {
6532 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6533 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6534 else
6535 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6536 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6537 args);
6538 }
6539 }
6540 else
6541 {
6542 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6543 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6544 }
6545
6546 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6547 there have been breakpoints? */
6548 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6549
6550 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6551 }
6552
6553 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6554 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6555
6556 static void
6557 default_collect_info (void)
6558 {
6559 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6560
6561 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6562 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6563 not wanted. */
6564 if (!*default_collect)
6565 return;
6566
6567 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6568 actions. */
6569 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6570 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6571 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6572 }
6573
6574 static void
6575 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6576 {
6577 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6578
6579 default_collect_info ();
6580 }
6581
6582 static void
6583 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6584 {
6585 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6586 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6587
6588 if (num_printed == 0)
6589 {
6590 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6591 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6592 else
6593 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6594 }
6595 }
6596
6597 static void
6598 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6599 {
6600 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6601
6602 default_collect_info ();
6603 }
6604
6605 static int
6606 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6607 struct program_space *pspace,
6608 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6609 {
6610 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6611
6612 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6613 {
6614 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6615 && bl->address == pc
6616 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6617 return 1;
6618 }
6619 return 0;
6620 }
6621
6622 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6623 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6624 address spaces. */
6625
6626 static void
6627 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6628 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6629 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6630 {
6631 int others = 0;
6632 struct breakpoint *b;
6633
6634 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6635 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6636 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6637 if (others > 0)
6638 {
6639 if (others == 1)
6640 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6641 else /* if (others == ???) */
6642 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6643 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6644 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6645 {
6646 others--;
6647 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6648 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6649 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6650 else if (b->thread != -1)
6651 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6652 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6653 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6654 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6655 ? " (disabled)"
6656 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6657 ? " (permanent)"
6658 : ""),
6659 (others > 1) ? ","
6660 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6661 }
6662 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6663 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6664 printf_filtered (".\n");
6665 }
6666 }
6667 \f
6668
6669 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6670 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6671 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6672 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6673
6674 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6675 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6676 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6677 breakpoint at address zero:
6678
6679 bp_watchpoint
6680 bp_catchpoint
6681
6682 */
6683
6684 static int
6685 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6686 {
6687 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6688
6689 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6690 }
6691
6692 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6693 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6694
6695 static int
6696 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6697 struct bp_location *loc2)
6698 {
6699 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6700 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6701
6702 /* Both of them must exist. */
6703 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6704 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6705
6706 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6707 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6708 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6709 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6710 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6711 other watchpoint. */
6712 if ((w1->cond_exp
6713 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6714 loc1->length,
6715 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6716 w1->cond_exp))
6717 || (w2->cond_exp
6718 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6719 loc2->length,
6720 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6721 w2->cond_exp)))
6722 return 0;
6723
6724 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6725 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6726 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6727 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6728 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6729 become hw_access locations later. */
6730 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6731 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6732 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6733 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6734 }
6735
6736 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6737 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6738 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6739 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6740
6741 static int
6742 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6743 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6744 {
6745 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6746 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6747 && addr1 == addr2);
6748 }
6749
6750 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6751 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6752 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6753 space doesn't really matter. */
6754
6755 static int
6756 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6757 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6758 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6759 {
6760 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6761 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6762 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6763 }
6764
6765 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6766 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6767 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6768 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6769
6770 static int
6771 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6772 struct address_space *aspace,
6773 CORE_ADDR addr)
6774 {
6775 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6776 aspace, addr)
6777 || (bl->length
6778 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6779 bl->address, bl->length,
6780 aspace, addr)));
6781 }
6782
6783 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6784 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6785 true, otherwise returns false. */
6786
6787 static int
6788 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6789 struct bp_location *loc2)
6790 {
6791 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6792 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6793 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6794 different locations. */
6795 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6796 else
6797 return 0;
6798 }
6799
6800 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6801 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6802 represent the same location. */
6803
6804 static int
6805 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6806 struct bp_location *loc2)
6807 {
6808 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6809
6810 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6811 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6812 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6813
6814 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6815 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6816
6817 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6818 return 0;
6819 else if (hw_point1)
6820 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6821 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6822 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6823 else
6824 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6825 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6826 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6827 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6828 }
6829
6830 static void
6831 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6832 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6833 {
6834 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6835 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6836 char astr1[64];
6837 char astr2[64];
6838
6839 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6840 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6841 if (have_bnum)
6842 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6843 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6844 else
6845 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6846 }
6847
6848 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6849 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6850 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6851 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6852
6853 static CORE_ADDR
6854 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6855 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6856 {
6857 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6858 {
6859 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6860 return bpaddr;
6861 }
6862 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6863 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6864 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6865 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6866 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6867 {
6868 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6869 have their addresses modified. */
6870 return bpaddr;
6871 }
6872 else
6873 {
6874 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6875
6876 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6877 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6878 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6879
6880 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6881 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6882 is required. */
6883 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6884 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6885
6886 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6887 }
6888 }
6889
6890 void
6891 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6892 struct breakpoint *owner)
6893 {
6894 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6895
6896 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6897
6898 loc->ops = ops;
6899 loc->owner = owner;
6900 loc->cond = NULL;
6901 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6902 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6903 loc->enabled = 1;
6904
6905 switch (owner->type)
6906 {
6907 case bp_breakpoint:
6908 case bp_until:
6909 case bp_finish:
6910 case bp_longjmp:
6911 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6912 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6913 case bp_exception:
6914 case bp_exception_resume:
6915 case bp_step_resume:
6916 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6917 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6918 case bp_call_dummy:
6919 case bp_std_terminate:
6920 case bp_shlib_event:
6921 case bp_thread_event:
6922 case bp_overlay_event:
6923 case bp_jit_event:
6924 case bp_longjmp_master:
6925 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6926 case bp_exception_master:
6927 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6928 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6929 case bp_dprintf:
6930 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6931 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6932 break;
6933 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6934 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6935 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6936 break;
6937 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6938 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6939 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6940 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6941 break;
6942 case bp_watchpoint:
6943 case bp_catchpoint:
6944 case bp_tracepoint:
6945 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6946 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6947 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6948 break;
6949 default:
6950 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6951 }
6952
6953 loc->refc = 1;
6954 }
6955
6956 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6957
6958 static struct bp_location *
6959 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6960 {
6961 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6962 }
6963
6964 static void
6965 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6966 {
6967 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6968 xfree (loc);
6969 }
6970
6971 /* Increment reference count. */
6972
6973 static void
6974 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6975 {
6976 ++bl->refc;
6977 }
6978
6979 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6980 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6981
6982 static void
6983 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6984 {
6985 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6986
6987 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6988 free_bp_location (*blp);
6989 *blp = NULL;
6990 }
6991
6992 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6993
6994 static void
6995 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6996 {
6997 struct breakpoint *b1;
6998
6999 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7000 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7001
7002 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7003 if (b1 == 0)
7004 breakpoint_chain = b;
7005 else
7006 {
7007 while (b1->next)
7008 b1 = b1->next;
7009 b1->next = b;
7010 }
7011 }
7012
7013 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7014
7015 static void
7016 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7017 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7018 enum bptype bptype,
7019 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7020 {
7021 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7022
7023 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7024
7025 b->ops = ops;
7026 b->type = bptype;
7027 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7028 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7029 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7030 b->thread = -1;
7031 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7032 b->next = 0;
7033 b->silent = 0;
7034 b->ignore_count = 0;
7035 b->commands = NULL;
7036 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7037 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7038 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7039 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7040 }
7041
7042 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7043 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7044
7045 static struct breakpoint *
7046 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7047 enum bptype bptype,
7048 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7049 {
7050 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7051
7052 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7053 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7054 return b;
7055 }
7056
7057 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7058 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7059 enough. */
7060
7061 static void
7062 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7063 {
7064 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7065
7066 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7067 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7068 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7069 {
7070 int is_gnu_ifunc;
7071 const char *function_name;
7072 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7073
7074 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7075 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7076
7077 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7078 {
7079 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7080
7081 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7082 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7083 &loc->requested_address))
7084 {
7085 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7086 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7087 loc->requested_address,
7088 b->type);
7089 }
7090 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7091 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7092 {
7093 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7094 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7095 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7096 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7097 breakpoint. */
7098 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7099 }
7100 }
7101
7102 if (function_name)
7103 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7104 }
7105 }
7106
7107 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7108 struct gdbarch *
7109 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7110 {
7111 if (sal.section)
7112 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7113 if (sal.symtab)
7114 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7115
7116 return NULL;
7117 }
7118
7119 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7120 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7121 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7122
7123 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7124 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7125 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7126
7127 static void
7128 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7129 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7130 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7131 {
7132 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7133
7134 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7135
7136 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7137 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7138
7139 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7140 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7141 program space. */
7142 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7143 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7144 }
7145
7146 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7147 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7148 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7149 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7150 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7151 is also returned as the value of this function.
7152
7153 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7154 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7155 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7156 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7157 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7158 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7159 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7160
7161 struct breakpoint *
7162 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7163 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7164 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7165 {
7166 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7167
7168 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7169 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7170 return b;
7171 }
7172
7173
7174 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7175 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7176 void
7177 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7178 {
7179 struct bp_location *bl;
7180
7181 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7182
7183 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7184 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7185 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7186 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7187 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7188 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7189 bl->inserted = 1;
7190 }
7191
7192 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7193 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7194 initiated the operation. */
7195
7196 void
7197 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7198 {
7199 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7200 int thread = tp->num;
7201
7202 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7203 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7204 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7205 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7206 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7207 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7208 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7209 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7210 {
7211 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7212 struct breakpoint *clone;
7213
7214 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7215 after their removal. */
7216 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7217 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7218 clone->thread = thread;
7219 }
7220
7221 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7222 }
7223
7224 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7225 void
7226 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7227 {
7228 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7229
7230 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7231 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7232 {
7233 if (b->thread == thread)
7234 delete_breakpoint (b);
7235 }
7236 }
7237
7238 void
7239 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7240 {
7241 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7242
7243 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7244 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7245 {
7246 if (b->thread == thread)
7247 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7248 }
7249 }
7250
7251 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7252 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7253 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7254 breakpoints. */
7255
7256 struct breakpoint *
7257 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7258 {
7259 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7260
7261 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7262 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7263 {
7264 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7265
7266 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7267 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7268 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7269
7270 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7271
7272 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7273 if (retval == NULL)
7274 retval = new_b;
7275 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7276 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7277 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7278 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7279 }
7280
7281 return retval;
7282 }
7283
7284 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7285 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7286 stack.
7287
7288 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7289 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7290 frames. */
7291
7292 void
7293 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7294 {
7295 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7296
7297 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7298 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7299 {
7300 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7301
7302 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7303 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7304 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7305 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7306 continue;
7307
7308 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7309
7310 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7311 {
7312 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7313 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7314 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7315 }
7316 delete_breakpoint (b);
7317 }
7318 }
7319
7320 void
7321 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7322 {
7323 struct breakpoint *b;
7324
7325 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7326 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7327 {
7328 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7329 update_global_location_list (1);
7330 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7331 }
7332 }
7333
7334 void
7335 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7336 {
7337 struct breakpoint *b;
7338
7339 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7340 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7341 {
7342 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7343 update_global_location_list (0);
7344 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7345 }
7346 }
7347
7348 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7349 master breakpoint. */
7350 void
7351 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7352 {
7353 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7354
7355 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7356 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7357 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7358 {
7359 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7360 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7361 }
7362 }
7363
7364 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7365 void
7366 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7367 {
7368 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7369
7370 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7371 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7372 delete_breakpoint (b);
7373 }
7374
7375 struct breakpoint *
7376 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7377 {
7378 struct breakpoint *b;
7379
7380 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7381 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7382
7383 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7384 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7385 b->addr_string
7386 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7387
7388 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7389
7390 return b;
7391 }
7392
7393 void
7394 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7395 {
7396 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7397
7398 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7399 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7400 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7401 delete_breakpoint (b);
7402 }
7403
7404 struct lang_and_radix
7405 {
7406 enum language lang;
7407 int radix;
7408 };
7409
7410 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7411
7412 struct breakpoint *
7413 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7414 {
7415 struct breakpoint *b;
7416
7417 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7418 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7419 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7420 return b;
7421 }
7422
7423 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7424
7425 void
7426 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7427 {
7428 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7429
7430 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7431 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7432 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7433 delete_breakpoint (b);
7434 }
7435
7436 void
7437 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7438 {
7439 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7440
7441 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7442 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7443 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7444 delete_breakpoint (b);
7445 }
7446
7447 struct breakpoint *
7448 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7449 {
7450 struct breakpoint *b;
7451
7452 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7453 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7454 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7455 return b;
7456 }
7457
7458 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7459 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7460
7461 void
7462 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7463 {
7464 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7465
7466 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7467 {
7468 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7469 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7470
7471 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7472 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7473 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7474 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7475 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7476 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7477 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7478 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7479 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7480 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7481 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7482 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7483 )
7484 {
7485 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7486 }
7487 }
7488 }
7489
7490 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7491 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7492 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7493
7494 static void
7495 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7496 {
7497 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7498 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7499
7500 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7501 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7502 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7503 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7504 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7505 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7506 return;
7507
7508 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7509 {
7510 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7511 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7512
7513 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7514 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7515 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7516 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7517 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7518 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7519 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7520 || is_tracepoint (b))
7521 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7522 {
7523 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7524 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7525 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7526 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7527 loc->inserted = 0;
7528
7529 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7530 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7531
7532 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7533 {
7534 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7535 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7536 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7537 solib->so_name);
7538 }
7539 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7540 }
7541 }
7542 }
7543
7544 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7545 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7546 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7547
7548 static void
7549 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7550 {
7551 struct breakpoint *b;
7552
7553 if (objfile == NULL)
7554 return;
7555
7556 /* If the file is a shared library not loaded by the user then
7557 solib_unloaded was notified and disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
7558 was called. In that case there is no need to take action again. */
7559 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) && !(objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED))
7560 return;
7561
7562 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7563 {
7564 struct bp_location *loc;
7565 int bp_modified = 0;
7566
7567 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7568 continue;
7569
7570 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7571 {
7572 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7573
7574 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7575 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7576 continue;
7577
7578 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7579 continue;
7580
7581 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7582 continue;
7583
7584 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7585 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7586 continue;
7587
7588 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7589 {
7590 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7591 loc->inserted = 0;
7592
7593 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7594
7595 bp_modified = 1;
7596 }
7597 }
7598
7599 if (bp_modified)
7600 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7601 }
7602 }
7603
7604 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7605
7606 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7607 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7608 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7609 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7610 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7611
7612 struct fork_catchpoint
7613 {
7614 /* The base class. */
7615 struct breakpoint base;
7616
7617 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7618 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7619 catchpoint has triggered. */
7620 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7621 };
7622
7623 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7624 catchpoints. */
7625
7626 static int
7627 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7628 {
7629 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7630 }
7631
7632 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7633 catchpoints. */
7634
7635 static int
7636 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7637 {
7638 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7639 }
7640
7641 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7642 catchpoints. */
7643
7644 static int
7645 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7646 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7647 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7648 {
7649 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7650
7651 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7652 return 0;
7653
7654 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7655 return 1;
7656 }
7657
7658 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7659 catchpoints. */
7660
7661 static enum print_stop_action
7662 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7663 {
7664 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7665 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7666 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7667
7668 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7669 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7670 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7671 else
7672 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7673 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7674 {
7675 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7676 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7677 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7678 }
7679 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7680 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7681 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7682 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7683 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7684 }
7685
7686 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7687 catchpoints. */
7688
7689 static void
7690 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7691 {
7692 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7693 struct value_print_options opts;
7694 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7695
7696 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7697
7698 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7699 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7700 readable). */
7701 if (opts.addressprint)
7702 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7703 annotate_field (5);
7704 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7705 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7706 {
7707 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7708 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7709 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7710 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7711 }
7712
7713 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7714 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7715 }
7716
7717 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7718 catchpoints. */
7719
7720 static void
7721 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7722 {
7723 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7724 }
7725
7726 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7727 catchpoints. */
7728
7729 static void
7730 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7731 {
7732 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7733 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7734 }
7735
7736 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7737
7738 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7739
7740 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7741 catchpoints. */
7742
7743 static int
7744 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7745 {
7746 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7747 }
7748
7749 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7750 catchpoints. */
7751
7752 static int
7753 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7754 {
7755 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7756 }
7757
7758 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7759 catchpoints. */
7760
7761 static int
7762 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7763 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7764 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7765 {
7766 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7767
7768 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7769 return 0;
7770
7771 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7772 return 1;
7773 }
7774
7775 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7776 catchpoints. */
7777
7778 static enum print_stop_action
7779 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7780 {
7781 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7782 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7783 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7784
7785 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7786 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7787 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7788 else
7789 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7790 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7791 {
7792 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7793 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7794 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7795 }
7796 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7797 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7798 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7799 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7800 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7801 }
7802
7803 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7804 catchpoints. */
7805
7806 static void
7807 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7808 {
7809 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7810 struct value_print_options opts;
7811 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7812
7813 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7814 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7815 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7816 readable). */
7817 if (opts.addressprint)
7818 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7819 annotate_field (5);
7820 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7821 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7822 {
7823 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7824 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7825 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7826 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7827 }
7828
7829 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7830 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7831 }
7832
7833 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7834 catchpoints. */
7835
7836 static void
7837 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7838 {
7839 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7840 }
7841
7842 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7843 catchpoints. */
7844
7845 static void
7846 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7847 {
7848 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7849 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7850 }
7851
7852 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7853
7854 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7855
7856 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7857 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7858 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7859 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7860 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7861
7862 struct solib_catchpoint
7863 {
7864 /* The base class. */
7865 struct breakpoint base;
7866
7867 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7868 unsigned char is_load;
7869
7870 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7871 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7872 char *regex;
7873 regex_t compiled;
7874 };
7875
7876 static void
7877 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7878 {
7879 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7880
7881 if (self->regex)
7882 regfree (&self->compiled);
7883 xfree (self->regex);
7884
7885 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7886 }
7887
7888 static int
7889 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7890 {
7891 return 0;
7892 }
7893
7894 static int
7895 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7896 {
7897 return 0;
7898 }
7899
7900 static int
7901 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7902 struct address_space *aspace,
7903 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7904 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7905 {
7906 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7907 struct breakpoint *other;
7908
7909 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7910 return 1;
7911
7912 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7913 {
7914 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7915
7916 if (other == bl->owner)
7917 continue;
7918
7919 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7920 continue;
7921
7922 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7923 continue;
7924
7925 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7926 {
7927 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7928 return 1;
7929 }
7930 }
7931
7932 return 0;
7933 }
7934
7935 static void
7936 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7937 {
7938 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7939 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7940 int ix;
7941
7942 if (self->is_load)
7943 {
7944 struct so_list *iter;
7945
7946 for (ix = 0;
7947 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7948 ix, iter);
7949 ++ix)
7950 {
7951 if (!self->regex
7952 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7953 return;
7954 }
7955 }
7956 else
7957 {
7958 char *iter;
7959
7960 for (ix = 0;
7961 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7962 ix, iter);
7963 ++ix)
7964 {
7965 if (!self->regex
7966 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7967 return;
7968 }
7969 }
7970
7971 bs->stop = 0;
7972 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7973 }
7974
7975 static enum print_stop_action
7976 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7977 {
7978 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7979 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7980
7981 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7982 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7983 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7984 else
7985 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7986 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7987 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7988 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7989 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7990 print_solib_event (1);
7991 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7992 }
7993
7994 static void
7995 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7996 {
7997 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7998 struct value_print_options opts;
7999 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8000 char *msg;
8001
8002 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8003 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8004 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8005 readable). */
8006 if (opts.addressprint)
8007 {
8008 annotate_field (4);
8009 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8010 }
8011
8012 annotate_field (5);
8013 if (self->is_load)
8014 {
8015 if (self->regex)
8016 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8017 else
8018 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8019 }
8020 else
8021 {
8022 if (self->regex)
8023 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8024 else
8025 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8026 }
8027 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8028 xfree (msg);
8029
8030 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8031 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8032 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8033 }
8034
8035 static void
8036 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8037 {
8038 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8039
8040 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8041 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8042 }
8043
8044 static void
8045 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8046 {
8047 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8048
8049 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8050 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8051 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8052 if (self->regex)
8053 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8054 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8055 }
8056
8057 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8058
8059 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8060 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8061 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8062 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8063 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8064 created in an enabled state. */
8065
8066 void
8067 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8068 {
8069 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8070 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8071 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8072
8073 if (!arg)
8074 arg = "";
8075 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8076
8077 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8078 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8079
8080 if (*arg != '\0')
8081 {
8082 int errcode;
8083
8084 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8085 if (errcode != 0)
8086 {
8087 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8088
8089 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8090 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8091 }
8092 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8093 }
8094
8095 c->is_load = is_load;
8096 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8097 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8098
8099 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8100
8101 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8102 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8103 }
8104
8105 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8106 "catch unload". */
8107
8108 static void
8109 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8110 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8111 {
8112 int tempflag;
8113 const int enabled = 1;
8114
8115 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8116
8117 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8118 }
8119
8120 static void
8121 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8122 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8123 {
8124 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8125 }
8126
8127 static void
8128 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8129 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8130 {
8131 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8132 }
8133
8134 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8135 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8136 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8137 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8138 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8139
8140 struct syscall_catchpoint
8141 {
8142 /* The base class. */
8143 struct breakpoint base;
8144
8145 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8146 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8147 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8148 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8149 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8150 };
8151
8152 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8153 catchpoints. */
8154
8155 static void
8156 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8157 {
8158 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8159
8160 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8161
8162 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8163 }
8164
8165 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8166
8167 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8168 {
8169 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8170 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8171 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8172
8173 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8174 int any_syscall_count;
8175
8176 /* Count of each system call. */
8177 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8178
8179 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8180 if any catching is necessary. */
8181 int total_syscalls_count;
8182 };
8183
8184 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8185 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8186 {
8187 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8188
8189 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8190 if (inf_data == NULL)
8191 {
8192 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8193 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8194 }
8195
8196 return inf_data;
8197 }
8198
8199 static void
8200 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8201 {
8202 xfree (arg);
8203 }
8204
8205
8206 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8207 catchpoints. */
8208
8209 static int
8210 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8211 {
8212 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8213 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8214 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8215 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8216
8217 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8218 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8219 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8220 else
8221 {
8222 int i, iter;
8223
8224 for (i = 0;
8225 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8226 i++)
8227 {
8228 int elem;
8229
8230 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8231 {
8232 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8233 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8234 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8235 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8236 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8237 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8238 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8239 + vec_addr_offset);
8240 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8241 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8242 }
8243 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8244 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8245 }
8246 }
8247
8248 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8249 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8250 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8251 VEC_length (int,
8252 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8253 VEC_address (int,
8254 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8255 }
8256
8257 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8258 catchpoints. */
8259
8260 static int
8261 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8262 {
8263 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8264 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8265 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8266 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8267
8268 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8269 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8270 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8271 else
8272 {
8273 int i, iter;
8274
8275 for (i = 0;
8276 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8277 i++)
8278 {
8279 int elem;
8280 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8281 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8282 continue;
8283 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8284 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8285 }
8286 }
8287
8288 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8289 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8290 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8291 VEC_length (int,
8292 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8293 VEC_address (int,
8294 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8295 }
8296
8297 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8298 catchpoints. */
8299
8300 static int
8301 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8302 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8303 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8304 {
8305 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8306 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8307 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8308 int syscall_number = 0;
8309 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8310 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8311
8312 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8313 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8314 return 0;
8315
8316 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8317
8318 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8319 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8320 {
8321 int i, iter;
8322
8323 for (i = 0;
8324 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8325 i++)
8326 if (syscall_number == iter)
8327 return 1;
8328
8329 return 0;
8330 }
8331
8332 return 1;
8333 }
8334
8335 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8336 catchpoints. */
8337
8338 static enum print_stop_action
8339 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8340 {
8341 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8342 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8343 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8344 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8345 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8346 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8347 ptid_t ptid;
8348 struct target_waitstatus last;
8349 struct syscall s;
8350
8351 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8352
8353 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8354
8355 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8356
8357 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8358 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8359 else
8360 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8361 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8362 {
8363 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8364 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8365 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8366 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8367 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8368 }
8369 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8370
8371 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8372 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8373 else
8374 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8375
8376 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8377 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8378 if (s.name != NULL)
8379 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8380
8381 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8382
8383 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8384 }
8385
8386 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8387 catchpoints. */
8388
8389 static void
8390 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8391 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8392 {
8393 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8394 struct value_print_options opts;
8395 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8396
8397 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8398 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8399 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8400 readable). */
8401 if (opts.addressprint)
8402 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8403 annotate_field (5);
8404
8405 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8406 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8407 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8408 else
8409 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8410
8411 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8412 {
8413 int i, iter;
8414 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8415
8416 for (i = 0;
8417 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8418 i++)
8419 {
8420 char *x = text;
8421 struct syscall s;
8422 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8423
8424 if (s.name != NULL)
8425 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8426 else
8427 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8428
8429 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8430 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8431 on every call. */
8432 xfree (x);
8433 }
8434 /* Remove the last comma. */
8435 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8436 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8437 }
8438 else
8439 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8440 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8441
8442 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8443 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8444 }
8445
8446 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8447 catchpoints. */
8448
8449 static void
8450 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8451 {
8452 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8453
8454 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8455 {
8456 int i, iter;
8457
8458 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8459 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8460 else
8461 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8462
8463 for (i = 0;
8464 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8465 i++)
8466 {
8467 struct syscall s;
8468 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8469
8470 if (s.name)
8471 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8472 else
8473 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8474 }
8475 printf_filtered (")");
8476 }
8477 else
8478 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8479 b->number);
8480 }
8481
8482 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8483 catchpoints. */
8484
8485 static void
8486 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8487 {
8488 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8489
8490 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8491
8492 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8493 {
8494 int i, iter;
8495
8496 for (i = 0;
8497 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8498 i++)
8499 {
8500 struct syscall s;
8501
8502 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8503 if (s.name)
8504 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8505 else
8506 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8507 }
8508 }
8509 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8510 }
8511
8512 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8513
8514 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8515
8516 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8517
8518 static int
8519 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8520 {
8521 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8522 }
8523
8524 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8525 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8526 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8527 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8528
8529 void
8530 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8531 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8532 char *cond_string,
8533 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8534 {
8535 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8536
8537 init_sal (&sal);
8538 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8539
8540 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8541
8542 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8543 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8544 }
8545
8546 void
8547 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8548 {
8549 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8550 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8551 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8552 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8553 if (!internal)
8554 mention (b);
8555 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8556
8557 if (update_gll)
8558 update_global_location_list (1);
8559 }
8560
8561 static void
8562 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8563 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8564 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8565 {
8566 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8567
8568 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8569
8570 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8571
8572 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8573 }
8574
8575 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8576
8577 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8578 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8579 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8580 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8581 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8582
8583 struct exec_catchpoint
8584 {
8585 /* The base class. */
8586 struct breakpoint base;
8587
8588 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8589 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8590 triggered. */
8591 char *exec_pathname;
8592 };
8593
8594 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8595 catchpoints. */
8596
8597 static void
8598 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8599 {
8600 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8601
8602 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8603
8604 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8605 }
8606
8607 static int
8608 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8609 {
8610 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8611 }
8612
8613 static int
8614 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8615 {
8616 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8617 }
8618
8619 static int
8620 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8621 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8622 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8623 {
8624 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8625
8626 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8627 return 0;
8628
8629 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8630 return 1;
8631 }
8632
8633 static enum print_stop_action
8634 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8635 {
8636 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8637 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8638 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8639
8640 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8641 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8642 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8643 else
8644 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8645 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8646 {
8647 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8648 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8649 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8650 }
8651 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8652 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8653 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8654 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8655
8656 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8657 }
8658
8659 static void
8660 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8661 {
8662 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8663 struct value_print_options opts;
8664 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8665
8666 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8667
8668 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8669 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8670 is relatively readable). */
8671 if (opts.addressprint)
8672 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8673 annotate_field (5);
8674 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8675 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8676 {
8677 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8678 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8679 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8680 }
8681
8682 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8683 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8684 }
8685
8686 static void
8687 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8688 {
8689 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8690 }
8691
8692 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8693 catchpoints. */
8694
8695 static void
8696 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8697 {
8698 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8699 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8700 }
8701
8702 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8703
8704 static void
8705 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8706 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8707 {
8708 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8709 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8710
8711 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8712 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8713 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8714
8715 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8716 }
8717
8718 static int
8719 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8720 {
8721 int i = 0;
8722 struct breakpoint *b;
8723 struct bp_location *bl;
8724
8725 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8726 {
8727 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8728 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8729 {
8730 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8731 one register. */
8732 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8733 }
8734 }
8735
8736 return i;
8737 }
8738
8739 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8740 watchpoint. */
8741
8742 static int
8743 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8744 {
8745 int i = 0;
8746 struct bp_location *bl;
8747
8748 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8749 return 0;
8750
8751 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8752 {
8753 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8754 one register. */
8755 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8756 }
8757
8758 return i;
8759 }
8760
8761 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8762 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8763 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8764 types _not_ TYPE. */
8765
8766 static int
8767 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8768 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8769 {
8770 int i = 0;
8771 struct breakpoint *b;
8772
8773 *other_type_used = 0;
8774 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8775 {
8776 if (b == except)
8777 continue;
8778 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8779 continue;
8780
8781 if (b->type == type)
8782 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8783 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8784 *other_type_used = 1;
8785 }
8786
8787 return i;
8788 }
8789
8790 void
8791 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8792 {
8793 struct breakpoint *b;
8794
8795 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8796 {
8797 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8798 {
8799 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8800 update_global_location_list (0);
8801 }
8802 }
8803 }
8804
8805 void
8806 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8807 {
8808 struct breakpoint *b;
8809
8810 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8811 {
8812 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8813 {
8814 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8815 update_global_location_list (1);
8816 }
8817 }
8818 }
8819
8820 void
8821 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8822 {
8823 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8824 update_global_location_list (0);
8825 }
8826
8827 void
8828 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8829 {
8830 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8831 breakpoint_re_set ();
8832 }
8833
8834
8835 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8836 at address specified by SAL.
8837 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8838
8839 struct breakpoint *
8840 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8841 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8842 {
8843 struct breakpoint *b;
8844
8845 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8846 tail-called one. */
8847 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8848
8849 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8850 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8851 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8852 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8853
8854 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8855 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8856 control. */
8857 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8858 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8859
8860 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8861
8862 return b;
8863 }
8864
8865 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8866 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8867 breakpoint_ops. */
8868
8869 static struct breakpoint *
8870 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8871 enum bptype type,
8872 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8873 {
8874 struct breakpoint *copy;
8875
8876 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8877 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8878 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8879
8880 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8881 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8882 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8883 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8884 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8885 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8886 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8887 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8888 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8889 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8890 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8891
8892 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8893 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8894 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8895
8896 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8897 return copy;
8898 }
8899
8900 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8901 ORIG is NULL. */
8902
8903 struct breakpoint *
8904 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8905 {
8906 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8907 if (orig == NULL)
8908 return NULL;
8909
8910 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8911 }
8912
8913 struct breakpoint *
8914 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8915 enum bptype type)
8916 {
8917 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8918
8919 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8920 sal.pc = pc;
8921 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8922 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8923
8924 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8925 }
8926 \f
8927
8928 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8929
8930 static void
8931 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8932 {
8933 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8934 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8935 return;
8936 printf_filtered ("\n");
8937 }
8938 \f
8939
8940 static struct bp_location *
8941 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8942 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8943 {
8944 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8945 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8946 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8947
8948 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8949 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8950
8951 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8952 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8953 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8954 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8955 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8956 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8957 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8958 sal->pc, b->type);
8959
8960 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8961 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8962 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8963 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8964 ;
8965 loc->next = *tmp;
8966 *tmp = loc;
8967
8968 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8969 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8970 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8971 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8972 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8973 loc->section = sal->section;
8974 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8975 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8976 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8977
8978 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8979 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8980 return loc;
8981 }
8982 \f
8983
8984 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8985 return 0 otherwise. */
8986
8987 static int
8988 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8989 {
8990 int len;
8991 CORE_ADDR addr;
8992 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8993 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8994 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8995 int retval = 0;
8996
8997 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8998
8999 addr = loc->address;
9000 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9001
9002 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9003 if (bpoint == NULL)
9004 return 0;
9005
9006 target_mem = alloca (len);
9007
9008 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9009 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9010 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9011 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9012
9013 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9014 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9015
9016 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9017 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9018 retval = 1;
9019
9020 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9021
9022 return retval;
9023 }
9024
9025 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9026 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9027
9028 static void
9029 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9030 {
9031 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9032 char *printf_line = NULL;
9033
9034 if (!dprintf_args)
9035 return;
9036
9037 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9038
9039 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9040 insist on it. */
9041 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9042 ++dprintf_args;
9043 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9044
9045 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9046 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9047
9048 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9049 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9050 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9051 {
9052 if (!dprintf_function)
9053 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9054
9055 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9056 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9057 dprintf_function,
9058 dprintf_channel,
9059 dprintf_args);
9060 else
9061 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9062 dprintf_function,
9063 dprintf_args);
9064 }
9065 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9066 {
9067 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9068 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9069 else
9070 {
9071 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9072 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9073 }
9074 }
9075 else
9076 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9077 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9078
9079 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9080 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9081 {
9082 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9083 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9084
9085 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9086 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9087 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9088 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9089 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9090 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9091
9092 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9093 }
9094 }
9095
9096 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9097 current style settings. */
9098
9099 static void
9100 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9101 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9102 {
9103 struct breakpoint *b;
9104
9105 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9106 {
9107 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9108 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9109 }
9110 }
9111
9112 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9113 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9114 as condition expression. */
9115
9116 static void
9117 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9118 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9119 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9120 char *extra_string,
9121 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9122 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9123 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9124 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9125 int display_canonical)
9126 {
9127 int i;
9128
9129 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9130 {
9131 int target_resources_ok;
9132
9133 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9134 target_resources_ok =
9135 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9136 i + 1, 0);
9137 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9138 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9139 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9140 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9141 }
9142
9143 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9144
9145 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9146 {
9147 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9148 struct bp_location *loc;
9149
9150 if (from_tty)
9151 {
9152 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9153 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9154 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9155
9156 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9157 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9158 }
9159
9160 if (i == 0)
9161 {
9162 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9163 b->thread = thread;
9164 b->task = task;
9165
9166 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9167 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9168 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9169 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9170 b->disposition = disposition;
9171
9172 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9173 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9174
9175 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9176 {
9177 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9178 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9179
9180 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9181 {
9182 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9183 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9184 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9185 char *endp;
9186 char *marker_str;
9187
9188 p = skip_spaces (p);
9189
9190 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9191
9192 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9193 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9194
9195 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9196 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9197 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9198 }
9199 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9200 {
9201 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9202 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9203
9204 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9205 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9206 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9207 }
9208 else
9209 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9210 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9211 }
9212
9213 loc = b->loc;
9214 }
9215 else
9216 {
9217 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9218 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9219 loc->inserted = 1;
9220 }
9221
9222 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9223 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9224
9225 if (b->cond_string)
9226 {
9227 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9228
9229 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9230 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9231 if (*arg)
9232 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9233 }
9234
9235 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9236 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9237 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9238 {
9239 if (b->extra_string)
9240 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9241 else
9242 error (_("Format string required"));
9243 }
9244 else if (b->extra_string)
9245 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9246 }
9247
9248 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9249 if (addr_string)
9250 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9251 else
9252 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9253 me. */
9254 b->addr_string
9255 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9256 b->filter = filter;
9257 }
9258
9259 static void
9260 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9261 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9262 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9263 char *extra_string,
9264 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9265 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9266 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9267 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9268 int display_canonical)
9269 {
9270 struct breakpoint *b;
9271 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9272
9273 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9274 {
9275 struct tracepoint *t;
9276
9277 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9278 b = &t->base;
9279 }
9280 else
9281 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9282
9283 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9284
9285 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9286 sals, addr_string,
9287 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9288 type, disposition,
9289 thread, task, ignore_count,
9290 ops, from_tty,
9291 enabled, internal, flags,
9292 display_canonical);
9293 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9294
9295 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9296 }
9297
9298 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9299 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9300 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9301 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9302 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9303 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9304 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9305 we take just a single condition string.
9306
9307 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9308 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9309 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9310 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9311 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9312
9313 static void
9314 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9315 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9316 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9317 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9318 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9319 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9320 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9321 {
9322 int i;
9323 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9324
9325 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9326 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9327
9328 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9329 {
9330 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9331 'break', without arguments. */
9332 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9333 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9334 : NULL);
9335 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9336 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9337
9338 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9339 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9340 addr_string,
9341 filter_string,
9342 cond_string, extra_string,
9343 type, disposition,
9344 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9345 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9346 canonical->special_display);
9347 discard_cleanups (inner);
9348 }
9349 }
9350
9351 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9352 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9353 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9354 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9355
9356 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9357 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9358
9359 static void
9360 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9361 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9362 {
9363 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9364 breakpoint. */
9365 if ((*address) == NULL
9366 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9367 {
9368 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9369 address. */
9370 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9371 {
9372 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9373 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9374 CORE_ADDR pc;
9375
9376 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9377 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9378 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9379
9380 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9381 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9382 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9383 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9384 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9385 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9386 pc = sal.pc;
9387 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9388
9389 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9390 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9391 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9392 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9393 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9394 sal.pc = pc;
9395 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9396
9397 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9398 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9399 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9400
9401 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9402 }
9403 else
9404 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9405 }
9406 else
9407 {
9408 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9409
9410 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9411 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9412 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9413 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9414
9415 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9416 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9417 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9418 && (!cursal.symtab
9419 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9420 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9421 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9422 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9423 get_last_displayed_line (),
9424 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9425 else
9426 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9427 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9428 }
9429 }
9430
9431
9432 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9433 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9434
9435 static void
9436 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9437 {
9438 int i;
9439
9440 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9441 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9442 }
9443
9444 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9445 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9446 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9447 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9448 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9449 it, etc. */
9450
9451 static void
9452 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9453 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9454 {
9455 int i, rslt;
9456 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9457 char *msg;
9458 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9459
9460 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9461 {
9462 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9463
9464 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9465
9466 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9467 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9468 associated with SAL. */
9469 if (sarch == NULL)
9470 sarch = gdbarch;
9471 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9472 NULL, &msg);
9473 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9474
9475 if (!rslt)
9476 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9477 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9478
9479 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9480 }
9481 }
9482
9483 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9484
9485 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9486 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9487 {
9488 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9489 }
9490
9491 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9492 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9493 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9494 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9495 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9496 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9497
9498 static void
9499 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9500 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9501 char **rest)
9502 {
9503 *cond_string = NULL;
9504 *thread = -1;
9505 *task = 0;
9506 *rest = NULL;
9507
9508 while (tok && *tok)
9509 {
9510 const char *end_tok;
9511 int toklen;
9512 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9513 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9514
9515 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9516
9517 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9518 {
9519 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9520 return;
9521 }
9522
9523 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9524
9525 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9526
9527 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9528 {
9529 struct expression *expr;
9530
9531 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9532 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9533 xfree (expr);
9534 cond_end = tok;
9535 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9536 }
9537 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9538 {
9539 char *tmptok;
9540
9541 tok = end_tok + 1;
9542 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9543 if (tok == tmptok)
9544 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9545 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9546 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9547 tok = tmptok;
9548 }
9549 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9550 {
9551 char *tmptok;
9552
9553 tok = end_tok + 1;
9554 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9555 if (tok == tmptok)
9556 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9557 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9558 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9559 tok = tmptok;
9560 }
9561 else if (rest)
9562 {
9563 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9564 return;
9565 }
9566 else
9567 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9568 }
9569 }
9570
9571 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9572
9573 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9574 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9575 {
9576 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9577 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9578 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9579 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9580 char *endp;
9581 char *marker_str;
9582 int i;
9583
9584 p = skip_spaces (p);
9585
9586 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9587
9588 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9589 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9590
9591 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9592 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9593 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9594
9595 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9596 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9597
9598 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9599 {
9600 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9601
9602 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9603
9604 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9605
9606 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9607 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9608
9609 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9610 }
9611
9612 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9613
9614 *arg_p = endp;
9615 return sals;
9616 }
9617
9618 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9619 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9620 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9621 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9622 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9623 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9624 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9625 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9626 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9627 was created; false otherwise. */
9628
9629 int
9630 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9631 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9632 int thread, char *extra_string,
9633 int parse_arg,
9634 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9635 int ignore_count,
9636 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9637 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9638 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9639 unsigned flags)
9640 {
9641 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9642 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9643 char *addr_start = arg;
9644 struct linespec_result canonical;
9645 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9646 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9647 int pending = 0;
9648 int task = 0;
9649 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9650
9651 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9652
9653 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9654
9655 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9656 {
9657 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9658 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9659 }
9660
9661 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9662 switch (e.reason)
9663 {
9664 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9665 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9666 return 0;
9667 break;
9668 case RETURN_ERROR:
9669 switch (e.error)
9670 {
9671 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9672
9673 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9674 error. */
9675
9676 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9677 throw_exception (e);
9678
9679 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9680
9681 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9682 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9683 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9684 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9685 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9686 return 0;
9687
9688 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9689 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9690 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9691 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9692 {
9693 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9694
9695 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9696 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9697 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9698 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9699 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9700 pending = 1;
9701 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9702 }
9703 break;
9704 default:
9705 throw_exception (e);
9706 }
9707 break;
9708 default:
9709 throw_exception (e);
9710 }
9711
9712 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9713 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9714
9715 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9716 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9717 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9718 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9719 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9720
9721 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9722 are ok for the target. */
9723 if (!pending)
9724 {
9725 int ix;
9726 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9727
9728 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9729 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9730 }
9731
9732 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9733 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9734 {
9735 int ix;
9736 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9737
9738 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9739 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9740 }
9741
9742 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9743 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9744 breakpoint. */
9745 if (!pending)
9746 {
9747 if (parse_arg)
9748 {
9749 char *rest;
9750 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9751
9752 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9753
9754 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9755 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9756 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9757 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9758
9759 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9760 &thread, &task, &rest);
9761 if (cond_string)
9762 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9763 if (rest)
9764 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9765 if (rest)
9766 extra_string = rest;
9767 }
9768 else
9769 {
9770 if (*arg != '\0')
9771 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
9772
9773 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9774 if (cond_string)
9775 {
9776 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9777 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9778 }
9779 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9780 if (extra_string)
9781 {
9782 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9783 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9784 }
9785 }
9786
9787 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9788 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9789 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9790 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9791 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9792 }
9793 else
9794 {
9795 struct breakpoint *b;
9796
9797 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9798
9799 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9800 {
9801 struct tracepoint *t;
9802
9803 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9804 b = &t->base;
9805 }
9806 else
9807 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9808
9809 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9810
9811 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9812 if (parse_arg)
9813 b->cond_string = NULL;
9814 else
9815 {
9816 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9817 if (cond_string)
9818 {
9819 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9820 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9821 }
9822 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9823 }
9824 b->extra_string = NULL;
9825 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9826 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9827 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9828 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9829 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9830 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9831 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9832
9833 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9834 }
9835
9836 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9837 {
9838 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9839 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9840 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9841 }
9842
9843 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9844 breakpoint. */
9845 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9846 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9847 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9848
9849 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9850 update_global_location_list (1);
9851
9852 return 1;
9853 }
9854
9855 /* Set a breakpoint.
9856 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9857 condition, and thread.
9858 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9859 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9860 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9861
9862 static void
9863 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9864 {
9865 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9866 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9867 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9868 : bp_breakpoint);
9869 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9870 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9871
9872 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9873 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9874 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9875 else
9876 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9877
9878 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9879 arg,
9880 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9881 tempflag, type_wanted,
9882 0 /* Ignore count */,
9883 pending_break_support,
9884 ops,
9885 from_tty,
9886 1 /* enabled */,
9887 0 /* internal */,
9888 0);
9889 }
9890
9891 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9892
9893 void
9894 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9895 {
9896 CORE_ADDR pc;
9897
9898 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9899 {
9900 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9901 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9902 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9903 sal->pc = pc;
9904
9905 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9906 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9907 if (sal->explicit_line)
9908 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9909 }
9910
9911 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9912 {
9913 struct blockvector *bv;
9914 struct block *b;
9915 struct symbol *sym;
9916
9917 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9918 if (bv != NULL)
9919 {
9920 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9921 if (sym != NULL)
9922 {
9923 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9924 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
9925 }
9926 else
9927 {
9928 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9929 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9930 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9931 happen in assembly source). */
9932
9933 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
9934 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9935
9936 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9937
9938 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9939 if (msym.minsym)
9940 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9941
9942 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9943 }
9944 }
9945 }
9946 }
9947
9948 void
9949 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9950 {
9951 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9952 }
9953
9954 void
9955 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9956 {
9957 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9958 }
9959
9960 static void
9961 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9962 {
9963 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9964 }
9965
9966 static void
9967 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9968 {
9969 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9970 }
9971
9972 static void
9973 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9974 {
9975 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9976 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9977 stop at <line>\n"));
9978 }
9979
9980 static void
9981 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9982 {
9983 int badInput = 0;
9984
9985 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9986 badInput = 1;
9987 else if (*arg != '*')
9988 {
9989 char *argptr = arg;
9990 int hasColon = 0;
9991
9992 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9993 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9994 function/method name. */
9995 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9996 {
9997 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9998 argptr++;
9999 }
10000
10001 if (hasColon)
10002 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10003 else
10004 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10005 }
10006
10007 if (badInput)
10008 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10009 else
10010 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10011 }
10012
10013 static void
10014 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10015 {
10016 int badInput = 0;
10017
10018 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10019 badInput = 1;
10020 else
10021 {
10022 char *argptr = arg;
10023 int hasColon = 0;
10024
10025 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10026 it is probably a line number. */
10027 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10028 {
10029 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10030 argptr++;
10031 }
10032
10033 if (hasColon)
10034 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10035 else
10036 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10037 }
10038
10039 if (badInput)
10040 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10041 else
10042 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10043 }
10044
10045 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10046 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10047 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10048 line. */
10049
10050 static void
10051 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10052 {
10053 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10054 arg,
10055 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10056 0, bp_dprintf,
10057 0 /* Ignore count */,
10058 pending_break_support,
10059 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10060 from_tty,
10061 1 /* enabled */,
10062 0 /* internal */,
10063 0);
10064 }
10065
10066 static void
10067 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10068 {
10069 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10070 }
10071
10072 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10073 ranged breakpoints. */
10074
10075 static int
10076 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10077 struct address_space *aspace,
10078 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10079 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10080 {
10081 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10082 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10083 return 0;
10084
10085 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10086 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10087 }
10088
10089 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10090 ranged breakpoints. */
10091
10092 static int
10093 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10094 {
10095 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10096 }
10097
10098 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10099 ranged breakpoints. */
10100
10101 static enum print_stop_action
10102 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10103 {
10104 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10105 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10106 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10107
10108 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10109
10110 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10111 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10112
10113 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10114 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10115 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10116 else
10117 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10118 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10119 {
10120 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10121 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10122 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10123 }
10124 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10125 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10126
10127 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10128 }
10129
10130 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10131 ranged breakpoints. */
10132
10133 static void
10134 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10135 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10136 {
10137 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10138 struct value_print_options opts;
10139 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10140
10141 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10142 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10143
10144 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10145
10146 if (opts.addressprint)
10147 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10148 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10149 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10150 annotate_field (5);
10151 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10152 *last_loc = bl;
10153 }
10154
10155 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10156 ranged breakpoints. */
10157
10158 static void
10159 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10160 struct ui_out *uiout)
10161 {
10162 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10163 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10164 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10165 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10166
10167 gdb_assert (bl);
10168
10169 address_start = bl->address;
10170 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10171
10172 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10173 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10174 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10175 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10176 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10177 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10178
10179 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10180 }
10181
10182 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10183 ranged breakpoints. */
10184
10185 static void
10186 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10187 {
10188 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10189 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10190
10191 gdb_assert (bl);
10192 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10193
10194 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10195 return;
10196
10197 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10198 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10199 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10200 }
10201
10202 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10203 ranged breakpoints. */
10204
10205 static void
10206 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10207 {
10208 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10209 b->addr_string_range_end);
10210 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10211 }
10212
10213 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10214
10215 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10216
10217 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10218 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10219 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10220 last instruction of the given line. */
10221
10222 static CORE_ADDR
10223 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10224 {
10225 CORE_ADDR end;
10226
10227 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10228 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10229 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10230 end = sal.pc;
10231 else
10232 {
10233 int ret;
10234 CORE_ADDR start;
10235
10236 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10237 if (!ret)
10238 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10239
10240 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10241 end--;
10242 }
10243
10244 return end;
10245 }
10246
10247 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10248
10249 static void
10250 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10251 {
10252 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10253 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10254 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10255 CORE_ADDR end;
10256 struct breakpoint *b;
10257 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10258 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10259 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10260
10261 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10262 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10263 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10264
10265 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10266 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10267 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10268 bp_count, 0);
10269 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10270 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10271
10272 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10273 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10274 error(_("No address range specified."));
10275
10276 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10277
10278 arg_start = arg;
10279 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10280
10281 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10282
10283 if (arg[0] != ',')
10284 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10285 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10286 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10287
10288 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10289
10290 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10291 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10292 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10293
10294 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10295 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10296 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10297
10298 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10299 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10300
10301 /* Parse the end location. */
10302
10303 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10304 arg_start = arg;
10305
10306 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10307 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10308 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10309 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10310 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10311 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10312 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10313 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10314
10315 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10316
10317 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10318 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10319
10320 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10321 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10322 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10323 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10324
10325 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10326 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10327 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10328
10329 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10330 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10331 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10332
10333 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10334 if (length < 0)
10335 /* Length overflowed. */
10336 error (_("Address range too large."));
10337 else if (length == 1)
10338 {
10339 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10340 the `hbreak' command. */
10341 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10342
10343 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10344
10345 return;
10346 }
10347
10348 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10349 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10350 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10351 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10352 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10353 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10354 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10355 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10356 b->loc->length = length;
10357
10358 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10359
10360 mention (b);
10361 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10362 update_global_location_list (1);
10363 }
10364
10365 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10366 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10367 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10368 zero. */
10369
10370 static int
10371 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10372 {
10373 int i = exp->nelts;
10374
10375 while (i > 0)
10376 {
10377 int oplenp, argsp;
10378
10379 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10380 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10381 i -= oplenp;
10382
10383 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10384 {
10385 case BINOP_ADD:
10386 case BINOP_SUB:
10387 case BINOP_MUL:
10388 case BINOP_DIV:
10389 case BINOP_REM:
10390 case BINOP_MOD:
10391 case BINOP_LSH:
10392 case BINOP_RSH:
10393 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10394 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10395 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10396 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10397 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10398 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10399 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10400 case BINOP_LESS:
10401 case BINOP_GTR:
10402 case BINOP_LEQ:
10403 case BINOP_GEQ:
10404 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10405 case BINOP_COMMA:
10406 case BINOP_EXP:
10407 case BINOP_MIN:
10408 case BINOP_MAX:
10409 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10410 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10411 case BINOP_IN:
10412 case BINOP_RANGE:
10413 case TERNOP_COND:
10414 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10415
10416 case OP_LONG:
10417 case OP_DOUBLE:
10418 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10419 case OP_LAST:
10420 case OP_COMPLEX:
10421 case OP_STRING:
10422 case OP_ARRAY:
10423 case OP_TYPE:
10424 case OP_TYPEOF:
10425 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10426 case OP_TYPEID:
10427 case OP_NAME:
10428 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10429
10430 case UNOP_NEG:
10431 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10432 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10433 case UNOP_ADDR:
10434 case UNOP_HIGH:
10435 case UNOP_CAST:
10436
10437 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10438 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10439 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10440 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10441 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10442 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10443 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10444
10445 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10446 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10447 ADDR is. */
10448 break;
10449
10450 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10451 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10452
10453 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10454 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10455 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10456 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10457
10458 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10459 are always constant. */
10460 {
10461 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10462
10463 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10464 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10465 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10466 return 0;
10467 break;
10468 }
10469
10470 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10471 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10472 then it is not a constant. */
10473 default:
10474 return 0;
10475 }
10476 }
10477
10478 return 1;
10479 }
10480
10481 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10482
10483 static void
10484 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10485 {
10486 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10487
10488 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10489 xfree (w->exp);
10490 xfree (w->exp_string);
10491 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10492 value_free (w->val);
10493
10494 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10495 }
10496
10497 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10498
10499 static void
10500 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10501 {
10502 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10503
10504 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10505 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10506
10507 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10508 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10509 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10510 are loaded and unloaded.
10511
10512 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10513 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10514 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10515 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10516 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10517 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10518
10519 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10520 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10521 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10522 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10523
10524 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10525 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10526
10527 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10528 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10529 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10530 }
10531
10532 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10533
10534 static int
10535 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10536 {
10537 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10538 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10539
10540 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10541 w->cond_exp);
10542 }
10543
10544 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10545
10546 static int
10547 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10548 {
10549 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10550 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10551
10552 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10553 w->cond_exp);
10554 }
10555
10556 static int
10557 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10558 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10559 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10560 {
10561 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10562 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10563
10564 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10565 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10566 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10567 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10568 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10569 (did not match the data address). */
10570 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10571 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10572 return 0;
10573
10574 return 1;
10575 }
10576
10577 static void
10578 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10579 {
10580 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10581
10582 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10583 }
10584
10585 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10586 hardware watchpoints. */
10587
10588 static int
10589 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10590 {
10591 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10592 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10593
10594 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10595 }
10596
10597 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10598 hardware watchpoints. */
10599
10600 static int
10601 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10602 {
10603 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10604 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10605 }
10606
10607 static enum print_stop_action
10608 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10609 {
10610 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10611 struct breakpoint *b;
10612 struct ui_file *stb;
10613 enum print_stop_action result;
10614 struct watchpoint *w;
10615 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10616
10617 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10618
10619 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10620 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10621
10622 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10623 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10624
10625 switch (b->type)
10626 {
10627 case bp_watchpoint:
10628 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10629 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10630 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10631 ui_out_field_string
10632 (uiout, "reason",
10633 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10634 mention (b);
10635 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10636 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10637 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10638 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10639 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10640 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10641 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10642 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10643 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10644 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10645 break;
10646
10647 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10648 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10649 ui_out_field_string
10650 (uiout, "reason",
10651 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10652 mention (b);
10653 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10654 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10655 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10656 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10657 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10658 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10659 break;
10660
10661 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10662 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10663 {
10664 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10665 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10666 ui_out_field_string
10667 (uiout, "reason",
10668 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10669 mention (b);
10670 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10671 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10672 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10673 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10674 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10675 }
10676 else
10677 {
10678 mention (b);
10679 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10680 ui_out_field_string
10681 (uiout, "reason",
10682 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10683 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10684 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10685 }
10686 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10687 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10688 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10689 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10690 break;
10691 default:
10692 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10693 }
10694
10695 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10696 return result;
10697 }
10698
10699 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10700 watchpoints. */
10701
10702 static void
10703 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10704 {
10705 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10706 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10707 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10708
10709 switch (b->type)
10710 {
10711 case bp_watchpoint:
10712 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10713 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10714 break;
10715 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10716 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10717 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10718 break;
10719 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10720 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10721 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10722 break;
10723 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10724 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10725 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10726 break;
10727 default:
10728 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10729 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10730 }
10731
10732 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10733 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10734 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10735 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10736 }
10737
10738 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10739 watchpoints. */
10740
10741 static void
10742 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10743 {
10744 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10745
10746 switch (b->type)
10747 {
10748 case bp_watchpoint:
10749 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10750 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10751 break;
10752 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10753 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10754 break;
10755 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10756 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10757 break;
10758 default:
10759 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10760 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10761 }
10762
10763 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10764 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10765 }
10766
10767 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10768 watchpoints. */
10769
10770 static int
10771 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10772 {
10773 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10774 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10775 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10776 return 0;
10777
10778 return 1;
10779 }
10780
10781 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10782
10783 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10784
10785 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10786 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10787
10788 static int
10789 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10790 {
10791 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10792
10793 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10794 bl->watchpoint_type);
10795 }
10796
10797 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10798 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10799
10800 static int
10801 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10802 {
10803 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10804
10805 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10806 bl->watchpoint_type);
10807 }
10808
10809 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10810 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10811
10812 static int
10813 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10814 {
10815 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10816
10817 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10818 }
10819
10820 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10821 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10822
10823 static int
10824 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10825 {
10826 return 0;
10827 }
10828
10829 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10830 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10831
10832 static enum print_stop_action
10833 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10834 {
10835 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10836 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10837
10838 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10839 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10840
10841 switch (b->type)
10842 {
10843 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10844 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10845 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10846 ui_out_field_string
10847 (uiout, "reason",
10848 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10849 break;
10850
10851 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10852 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10853 ui_out_field_string
10854 (uiout, "reason",
10855 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10856 break;
10857
10858 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10859 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10860 ui_out_field_string
10861 (uiout, "reason",
10862 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10863 break;
10864 default:
10865 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10866 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10867 }
10868
10869 mention (b);
10870 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10871 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10872 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10873 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10874
10875 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10876 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10877 }
10878
10879 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10880 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10881
10882 static void
10883 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10884 struct ui_out *uiout)
10885 {
10886 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10887
10888 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10889 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10890
10891 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10892 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10893 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10894 }
10895
10896 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10897 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10898
10899 static void
10900 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10901 {
10902 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10903 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10904 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10905
10906 switch (b->type)
10907 {
10908 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10909 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10910 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10911 break;
10912 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10913 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10914 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10915 break;
10916 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10917 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10918 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10919 break;
10920 default:
10921 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10922 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10923 }
10924
10925 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10926 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10927 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10928 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10929 }
10930
10931 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10932 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10933
10934 static void
10935 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10936 {
10937 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10938 char tmp[40];
10939
10940 switch (b->type)
10941 {
10942 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10943 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10944 break;
10945 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10946 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10947 break;
10948 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10949 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10950 break;
10951 default:
10952 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10953 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10954 }
10955
10956 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10957 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10958 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10959 }
10960
10961 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10962
10963 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10964
10965 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10966
10967 static int
10968 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10969 {
10970 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10971 }
10972
10973 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10974 hw_read: watch read,
10975 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10976 static void
10977 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10978 int just_location, int internal)
10979 {
10980 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10981 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10982 struct expression *exp;
10983 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10984 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10985 struct frame_info *frame;
10986 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10987 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10988 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10989 int toklen = -1;
10990 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10991 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10992 enum bptype bp_type;
10993 int thread = -1;
10994 int pc = 0;
10995 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10996 the hardware watchpoint. */
10997 int use_mask = 0;
10998 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10999 struct watchpoint *w;
11000 char *expression;
11001 struct cleanup *back_to;
11002
11003 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11004 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11005 {
11006 const char *value_start;
11007
11008 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11009
11010 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11011 of the arguments string. */
11012 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11013 {
11014 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11015 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11016 tok--;
11017
11018 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11019 This is the value of the parameter. */
11020 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11021 tok--;
11022 value_start = tok + 1;
11023
11024 /* Skip whitespace. */
11025 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11026 tok--;
11027
11028 end_tok = tok;
11029
11030 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11031 This is the parameter itself. */
11032 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11033 tok--;
11034 tok++;
11035 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11036
11037 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11038 {
11039 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11040 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11041 only in a specific thread. */
11042 char *endp;
11043
11044 if (thread != -1)
11045 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11046
11047 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11048 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11049
11050 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11051 thread ID. */
11052 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11053 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11054
11055 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11056 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11057 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11058 }
11059 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11060 {
11061 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11062 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11063 facility. */
11064 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11065
11066 if (use_mask)
11067 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11068
11069 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11070
11071 mark = value_mark ();
11072 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11073 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11074 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11075 }
11076 else
11077 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11078 break;
11079
11080 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11081 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11082 exp_end = tok;
11083 }
11084 }
11085 else
11086 exp_end = arg;
11087
11088 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11089 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11090 ARG. */
11091 innermost_block = NULL;
11092 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11093 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11094 exp_start = arg = expression;
11095 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11096 exp_end = arg;
11097 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11098 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11099 prettier. */
11100 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11101 --exp_end;
11102
11103 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11104 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11105 {
11106 int len;
11107
11108 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11109 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11110 len--;
11111 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11112 }
11113
11114 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11115 mark = value_mark ();
11116 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11117
11118 if (just_location)
11119 {
11120 int ret;
11121
11122 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11123 val = value_addr (result);
11124 release_value (val);
11125 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11126
11127 if (use_mask)
11128 {
11129 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11130 mask);
11131 if (ret == -1)
11132 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11133 else if (ret == -2)
11134 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11135 }
11136 }
11137 else if (val != NULL)
11138 release_value (val);
11139
11140 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11141 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11142
11143 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11144 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11145 {
11146 struct expression *cond;
11147
11148 innermost_block = NULL;
11149 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11150 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11151
11152 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11153 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11154 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11155
11156 xfree (cond);
11157 cond_end = tok;
11158 }
11159 if (*tok)
11160 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11161
11162 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11163
11164 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11165 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11166 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11167 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11168 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11169 {
11170 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11171 {
11172 scope_breakpoint
11173 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11174 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11175 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11176 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11177
11178 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11179
11180 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11181 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11182
11183 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11184 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11185
11186 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11187 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11188 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11189 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11190 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11191 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11192 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11193 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11194 scope_breakpoint->type);
11195 }
11196 }
11197
11198 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11199 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11200 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11201 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11202
11203 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11204 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11205 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11206 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11207 else
11208 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11209
11210 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11211 b = &w->base;
11212 if (use_mask)
11213 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11214 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11215 else
11216 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11217 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11218 b->thread = thread;
11219 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11220 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11221 w->exp = exp;
11222 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11223 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11224 if (just_location)
11225 {
11226 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11227 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11228 char *name;
11229
11230 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11231 name = type_to_string (t);
11232
11233 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11234 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11235 xfree (name);
11236
11237 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11238 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11239
11240 /* The above expression is in C. */
11241 b->language = language_c;
11242 }
11243 else
11244 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11245
11246 if (use_mask)
11247 {
11248 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11249 }
11250 else
11251 {
11252 w->val = val;
11253 w->val_valid = 1;
11254 }
11255
11256 if (cond_start)
11257 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11258 else
11259 b->cond_string = 0;
11260
11261 if (frame)
11262 {
11263 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11264 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11265 }
11266 else
11267 {
11268 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11269 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11270 }
11271
11272 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11273 {
11274 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11275 need to act on them together. */
11276 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11277 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11278 }
11279
11280 if (!just_location)
11281 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11282
11283 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11284 {
11285 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11286 that should be inserted. */
11287 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11288 }
11289 if (e.reason < 0)
11290 {
11291 delete_breakpoint (b);
11292 throw_exception (e);
11293 }
11294
11295 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11296 do_cleanups (back_to);
11297 }
11298
11299 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11300 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11301
11302 static int
11303 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11304 {
11305 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11306 struct value *head = v;
11307
11308 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11309 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11310 return 0;
11311
11312 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11313 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11314 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11315 hardware watchpoint.
11316
11317 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11318 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11319 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11320 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11321 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11322 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11323 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11324 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11325 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11326
11327 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11328 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11329 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11330 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11331 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11332 {
11333 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11334 {
11335 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11336 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11337 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11338 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11339 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11340 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11341 ;
11342 else
11343 {
11344 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11345 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11346 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11347
11348 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11349 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11350 middle of some value chain. */
11351 if (v == head
11352 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11353 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11354 {
11355 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11356 int len;
11357 int num_regs;
11358
11359 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11360 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11361 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11362
11363 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11364 if (!num_regs)
11365 return 0;
11366 else
11367 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11368 }
11369 }
11370 }
11371 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11372 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11373 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11374 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11375 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11376 }
11377
11378 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11379 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11380 return found_memory_cnt;
11381 }
11382
11383 void
11384 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11385 {
11386 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11387 }
11388
11389 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11390 calls watch_command_1. */
11391
11392 static void
11393 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11394 {
11395 int just_location = 0;
11396
11397 if (arg
11398 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11399 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11400 {
11401 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11402 just_location = 1;
11403 }
11404
11405 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11406 }
11407
11408 static void
11409 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11410 {
11411 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11412 }
11413
11414 void
11415 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11416 {
11417 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11418 }
11419
11420 static void
11421 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11422 {
11423 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11424 }
11425
11426 void
11427 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11428 {
11429 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11430 }
11431
11432 static void
11433 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11434 {
11435 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11436 }
11437 \f
11438
11439 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11440 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11441
11442 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11443 {
11444 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11445 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11446 int thread_num;
11447 };
11448
11449 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11450 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11451 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11452 command. */
11453 static void
11454 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11455 {
11456 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11457
11458 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11459 if (a->breakpoint2)
11460 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11461 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11462 }
11463
11464 void
11465 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11466 {
11467 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11468 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11469 struct frame_info *frame;
11470 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11471 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11472 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11473 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11474 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11475 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11476 int thread;
11477 struct thread_info *tp;
11478
11479 clear_proceed_status ();
11480
11481 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11482 this function. */
11483
11484 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11485 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11486 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11487 get_last_displayed_line ());
11488 else
11489 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11490 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11491
11492 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11493 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11494
11495 sal = sals.sals[0];
11496 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11497
11498 if (*arg)
11499 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11500
11501 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11502
11503 tp = inferior_thread ();
11504 thread = tp->num;
11505
11506 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11507
11508 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11509 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11510 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11511 that. */
11512
11513 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11514 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11515 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11516 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11517
11518 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11519 one. */
11520
11521 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11522 {
11523 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11524
11525 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11526 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11527 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11528 sal2,
11529 caller_frame_id,
11530 bp_until);
11531 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11532
11533 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11534 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11535 }
11536
11537 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11538 frame = NULL;
11539
11540 if (anywhere)
11541 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11542 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11543 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11544 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11545 else
11546 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11547 only at the very same frame. */
11548 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11549 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11550 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11551
11552 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11553
11554 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11555 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11556 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11557 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11558
11559 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11560 {
11561 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11562 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11563
11564 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11565 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11566 args->thread_num = thread;
11567
11568 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11569 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11570 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11571 xfree);
11572 }
11573 else
11574 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11575 }
11576
11577 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11578 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11579
11580 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11581 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11582 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11583 if clause in the arg string. */
11584
11585 char *
11586 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11587 {
11588 char *cond_string;
11589
11590 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11591 return NULL;
11592
11593 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11594 (*arg) += 2;
11595
11596 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11597 condition string. */
11598 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11599 cond_string = *arg;
11600
11601 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11602 string. */
11603 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11604
11605 return cond_string;
11606 }
11607
11608 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11609 process start/exit, etc. */
11610
11611 typedef enum
11612 {
11613 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11614 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11615 }
11616 catch_fork_kind;
11617
11618 static void
11619 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11620 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11621 {
11622 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11623 char *cond_string = NULL;
11624 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11625 int tempflag;
11626
11627 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11628 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11629 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11630
11631 if (!arg)
11632 arg = "";
11633 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11634
11635 /* The allowed syntax is:
11636 catch [v]fork
11637 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11638
11639 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11640 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11641
11642 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11643 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11644
11645 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11646 and enable reporting of such events. */
11647 switch (fork_kind)
11648 {
11649 case catch_fork_temporary:
11650 case catch_fork_permanent:
11651 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11652 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11653 break;
11654 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11655 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11656 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11657 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11658 break;
11659 default:
11660 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11661 break;
11662 }
11663 }
11664
11665 static void
11666 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11667 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11668 {
11669 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11670 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11671 int tempflag;
11672 char *cond_string = NULL;
11673
11674 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11675
11676 if (!arg)
11677 arg = "";
11678 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11679
11680 /* The allowed syntax is:
11681 catch exec
11682 catch exec if <cond>
11683
11684 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11685 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11686
11687 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11688 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11689
11690 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11691 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11692 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11693 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11694
11695 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11696 }
11697
11698 void
11699 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11700 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11701 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11702 char *addr_string,
11703 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11704 int tempflag,
11705 int enabled,
11706 int from_tty)
11707 {
11708 if (from_tty)
11709 {
11710 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11711 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11712 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11713
11714 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11715 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11716 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11717 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11718 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11719 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11720 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11721 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11722 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11723 enough for now, though. */
11724 }
11725
11726 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11727
11728 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11729 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11730 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11731 b->language = language_ada;
11732 }
11733
11734 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11735 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11736 static VEC(int) *
11737 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11738 {
11739 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11740 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11741
11742 while (*arg != '\0')
11743 {
11744 int i, syscall_number;
11745 char *endptr;
11746 char cur_name[128];
11747 struct syscall s;
11748
11749 /* Skip whitespace. */
11750 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11751
11752 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11753 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11754 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11755 arg += i;
11756
11757 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11758 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11759 if (*endptr == '\0')
11760 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11761 else
11762 {
11763 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11764 to a number. */
11765 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11766
11767 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11768 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11769 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11770 syscall number to be caught. */
11771 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11772 }
11773
11774 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11775 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11776 }
11777
11778 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11779 return result;
11780 }
11781
11782 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11783
11784 static void
11785 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11786 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11787 {
11788 int tempflag;
11789 VEC(int) *filter;
11790 struct syscall s;
11791 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11792
11793 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11794 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11795 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11796 this architecture yet."));
11797
11798 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11799
11800 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11801
11802 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11803 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11804 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11805 for his/her architecture. */
11806 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11807
11808 /* The allowed syntax is:
11809 catch syscall
11810 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11811
11812 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11813
11814 if (arg != NULL)
11815 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11816 else
11817 filter = NULL;
11818
11819 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11820 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11821 }
11822
11823 static void
11824 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11825 {
11826 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11827 }
11828 \f
11829
11830 static void
11831 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11832 {
11833 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11834 }
11835
11836 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11837
11838 static int
11839 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11840 {
11841 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11842 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11843 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11844 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11845
11846 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11847 return -1;
11848 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11849 return 1;
11850
11851 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11852 the number 0. */
11853 if (ua < ub)
11854 return -1;
11855 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11856 }
11857
11858 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11859
11860 static void
11861 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11862 {
11863 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11864 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11865 int ix;
11866 int default_match;
11867 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11868 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11869 int i;
11870 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11871
11872 if (arg)
11873 {
11874 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11875 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11876 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11877 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11878 default_match = 0;
11879 }
11880 else
11881 {
11882 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11883 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11884 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11885 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11886
11887 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11888 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11889 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11890 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11891 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11892 error (_("No source file specified."));
11893
11894 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11895 sals.nelts = 1;
11896
11897 default_match = 1;
11898 }
11899
11900 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11901 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11902 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11903 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11904
11905 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11906 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11907 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11908 due to optimization, all in one block.
11909
11910 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11911 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11912 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11913 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11914 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11915 to support that. */
11916
11917 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11918 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11919 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11920 breakpoint. */
11921
11922 found = NULL;
11923 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11924 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11925 {
11926 const char *sal_fullname;
11927
11928 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11929 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11930 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11931 or at default pc.
11932
11933 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11934
11935 0 1 pc
11936 1 1 pc _and_ line
11937 0 0 line
11938 1 0 <can't happen> */
11939
11940 sal = sals.sals[i];
11941 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11942 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11943
11944 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11945 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11946 {
11947 int match = 0;
11948 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11949 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11950 {
11951 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11952 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11953 {
11954 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11955 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11956 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11957 && sal.pc
11958 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11959 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11960 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11961 || loc->section == sal.section));
11962 int line_match = 0;
11963
11964 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11965 && loc->symtab != NULL
11966 && sal_fullname != NULL
11967 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11968 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11969 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11970 sal_fullname) == 0)
11971 line_match = 1;
11972
11973 if (pc_match || line_match)
11974 {
11975 match = 1;
11976 break;
11977 }
11978 }
11979 }
11980
11981 if (match)
11982 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11983 }
11984 }
11985
11986 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11987 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11988 {
11989 if (arg)
11990 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11991 else
11992 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11993 }
11994
11995 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11996 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11997 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11998 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11999 compare_breakpoints);
12000 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12001 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12002 {
12003 if (b == prev)
12004 {
12005 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12006 --ix;
12007 }
12008 }
12009
12010 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12011 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12012 if (from_tty)
12013 {
12014 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12015 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12016 else
12017 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12018 }
12019
12020 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12021 {
12022 if (from_tty)
12023 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12024 delete_breakpoint (b);
12025 }
12026 if (from_tty)
12027 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12028
12029 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12030 }
12031 \f
12032 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12033 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12034 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12035
12036 void
12037 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12038 {
12039 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12040
12041 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12042 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12043 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12044 && bs->stop)
12045 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12046
12047 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12048 {
12049 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12050 delete_breakpoint (b);
12051 }
12052 }
12053
12054 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12055 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12056 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12057 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12058 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12059 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12060
12061 static int
12062 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12063 {
12064 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12065 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12066 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12067 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12068 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12069
12070 if (a->address != b->address)
12071 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12072
12073 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12074 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12075 grouped. */
12076
12077 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12078 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12079 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12080
12081 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12082 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12083 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12084
12085 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12086 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12087 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12088
12089 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12090 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12091 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12092
12093 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12094 }
12095
12096 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12097 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12098 content of the bp_location array. */
12099
12100 static void
12101 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12102 {
12103 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12104
12105 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12106 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12107
12108 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12109 {
12110 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12111
12112 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12113 continue;
12114
12115 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12116 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12117
12118 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12119 addr = bl->address - start;
12120 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12121 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12122
12123 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12124
12125 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12126 addr = end - bl->address;
12127 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12128 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12129 }
12130 }
12131
12132 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12133
12134 static void
12135 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12136 {
12137 struct breakpoint *b;
12138 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12139
12140 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12141 return;
12142
12143 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12144
12145 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12146 {
12147 struct bp_location *bl;
12148 struct tracepoint *t;
12149 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12150
12151 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12152 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12153 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12154 continue;
12155
12156 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12157 {
12158 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12159 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12160 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12161 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12162 continue;
12163
12164 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12165
12166 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12167
12168 bl->inserted = 1;
12169 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12170 }
12171 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12172 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12173 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12174 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12175 }
12176
12177 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12178 }
12179
12180 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12181
12182 static void
12183 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12184 {
12185 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12186 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12187 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12188 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12189
12190 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12191 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12192 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12193 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12194 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12195
12196 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12197 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12198 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12199 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12200 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12201 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12202 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12203 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12204 }
12205
12206 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12207 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12208 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12209 the target. */
12210
12211 static void
12212 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12213 {
12214 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12215 struct bp_location *loc;
12216 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12217 int pspace_num;
12218
12219 address = bl->address;
12220 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12221
12222 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12223 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12224 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12225 side. */
12226 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12227 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12228 return;
12229
12230 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12231 the same program space as the location
12232 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12233 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12234 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12235 {
12236 loc = *loc2p;
12237
12238 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12239 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12240 continue;
12241
12242 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12243 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12244 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12245 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12246 that have already been marked. */
12247 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12248
12249 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12250 it later on. */
12251 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12252 {
12253 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12254 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12255 }
12256 }
12257 }
12258
12259 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12260 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12261 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12262 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12263 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12264 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12265 returns true on them.
12266
12267 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12268 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12269 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12270 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12271 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12272 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12273
12274 static void
12275 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12276 {
12277 struct breakpoint *b;
12278 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12279 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12280 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12281 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12282 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12283 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12284
12285 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12286 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12287 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12288 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12289 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12290 once. */
12291 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12292 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12293 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12294 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12295
12296 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12297 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12298 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12299 unsigned old_location_count;
12300
12301 old_location = bp_location;
12302 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12303 bp_location = NULL;
12304 bp_location_count = 0;
12305 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12306
12307 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12308 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12309 bp_location_count++;
12310
12311 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12312 locp = bp_location;
12313 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12314 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12315 *locp++ = loc;
12316 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12317 bp_location_compare);
12318
12319 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12320
12321 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12322 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12323 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12324 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12325 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12326 location.
12327
12328 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12329 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12330
12331 locp = bp_location;
12332 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12333 old_locp++)
12334 {
12335 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12336 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12337
12338 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12339 not, we have to free it. */
12340 int found_object = 0;
12341 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12342 int keep_in_target = 0;
12343 int removed = 0;
12344
12345 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12346 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12347 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12348 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12349 locp++;
12350
12351 for (loc2p = locp;
12352 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12353 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12354 loc2p++)
12355 {
12356 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12357 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12358 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12359 place there. */
12360 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12361 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12362 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12363 {
12364 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12365 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12366 }
12367
12368 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12369 found_object = 1;
12370 }
12371
12372 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12373 have to go through updates again. */
12374 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12375
12376 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12377 if (!found_object)
12378 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12379
12380 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12381 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12382 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12383 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12384 at certain location is not inserted. */
12385
12386 if (old_loc->inserted)
12387 {
12388 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12389 it. */
12390
12391 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12392 {
12393 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12394 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12395 keep_in_target = 1;
12396 }
12397 else
12398 {
12399 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12400 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12401 remove its target-side condition. */
12402
12403 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12404 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12405 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12406 this one from the target. */
12407
12408 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12409 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12410 {
12411 for (loc2p = locp;
12412 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12413 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12414 loc2p++)
12415 {
12416 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12417
12418 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12419 {
12420 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12421 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12422 supported, but the latter are. */
12423 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12424 {
12425 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12426 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12427 }
12428
12429 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12430 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12431 unduplicated. */
12432 if (loc2 != old_loc
12433 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12434 {
12435 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12436 keep_in_target = 1;
12437 break;
12438 }
12439 }
12440 }
12441 }
12442 }
12443
12444 if (!keep_in_target)
12445 {
12446 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12447 {
12448 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12449 this location on the global list, and try to
12450 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12451 reason why we will succeed next time.
12452
12453 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12454 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12455 only after calling us. */
12456 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12457 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12458 old_loc->owner->number);
12459 }
12460 removed = 1;
12461 }
12462 }
12463
12464 if (!found_object)
12465 {
12466 if (removed && non_stop
12467 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12468 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12469 {
12470 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12471 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12472 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12473 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12474 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12475 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12476 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12477 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12478 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12479 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12480 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12481 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12482 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12483 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12484 SIGTRAP.
12485
12486 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12487 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12488
12489 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12490 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12491 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12492 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12493 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12494 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12495 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12496 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12497 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12498 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12499 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12500 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12501 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12502 thread_count.
12503
12504 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12505 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12506 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12507 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12508
12509 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12510 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12511 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12512 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12513 traps we can no longer explain. */
12514
12515 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12516 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12517
12518 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12519 }
12520 else
12521 {
12522 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12523 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12524 }
12525 }
12526 }
12527
12528 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12529 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12530 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12531 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12532 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12533 are sorted first for the same address.
12534
12535 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12536 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12537
12538 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12539 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12540 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12541 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12542 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12543 {
12544 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12545 non-NULL. */
12546 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12547 b = loc->owner;
12548
12549 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12550 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12551 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12552 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12553 `struct bp_location'. */
12554 || is_tracepoint (b))
12555 {
12556 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12557 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12558 continue;
12559 }
12560
12561 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12562 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12563 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12564 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12565 "actually inserted"));
12566
12567 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12568 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12569 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12570 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12571 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12572 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12573 else
12574 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12575
12576 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12577 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12578 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12579 {
12580 *loc_first_p = loc;
12581 loc->duplicate = 0;
12582
12583 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12584 {
12585 loc->needs_update = 1;
12586 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12587 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12588 }
12589 continue;
12590 }
12591
12592
12593 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12594 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12595 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12596 if (loc->inserted)
12597 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12598 loc->duplicate = 1;
12599
12600 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12601 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12602
12603 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12604 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12605 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12606 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12607 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12608 }
12609
12610 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12611 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12612 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12613 {
12614 if (should_insert)
12615 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12616 else
12617 {
12618 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12619 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12620 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12621 "needs_update". */
12622 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12623 }
12624 }
12625
12626 if (should_insert)
12627 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12628
12629 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12630 }
12631
12632 void
12633 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12634 {
12635 struct bp_location *loc;
12636 int ix;
12637
12638 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12639 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12640 {
12641 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12642 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12643 --ix;
12644 }
12645 }
12646
12647 static void
12648 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12649 {
12650 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12651
12652 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12653 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12654 }
12655
12656 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12657
12658 static void
12659 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12660 {
12661 bpstat bs;
12662
12663 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12664 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12665 {
12666 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12667 bs->old_val = NULL;
12668 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12669 }
12670 }
12671
12672 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12673 static int
12674 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12675 {
12676 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12677
12678 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12679 return 0;
12680 }
12681
12682 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12683 callbacks. */
12684
12685 static void
12686 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12687 {
12688 struct value_print_options opts;
12689
12690 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12691
12692 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12693 single string. */
12694 if (b->loc == NULL)
12695 {
12696 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12697 }
12698 else
12699 {
12700 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12701 {
12702 printf_filtered (" at ");
12703 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12704 gdb_stdout);
12705 }
12706 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12707 {
12708 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12709 more nicely. */
12710 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12711 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12712 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12713 b->loc->line_number);
12714 else
12715 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12716 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12717 real situation somewhat. */
12718 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12719 }
12720
12721 if (b->loc->next)
12722 {
12723 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12724 int n = 0;
12725 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12726 ++n;
12727 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12728 }
12729 }
12730 }
12731
12732 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12733
12734 static void
12735 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12736 {
12737 xfree (self->cond);
12738 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12739 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12740 xfree (self->function_name);
12741
12742 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
12743 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
12744 }
12745
12746 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12747 {
12748 bp_location_dtor
12749 };
12750
12751 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12752 inherit from. */
12753
12754 static void
12755 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12756 {
12757 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12758 xfree (self->cond_string);
12759 xfree (self->extra_string);
12760 xfree (self->addr_string);
12761 xfree (self->filter);
12762 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12763 }
12764
12765 static struct bp_location *
12766 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12767 {
12768 struct bp_location *loc;
12769
12770 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12771 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12772 return loc;
12773 }
12774
12775 static void
12776 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12777 {
12778 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12779 }
12780
12781 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12782 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12783
12784 static int
12785 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12786 {
12787 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12788 }
12789
12790 static int
12791 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12792 {
12793 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12794 }
12795
12796 static int
12797 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12798 struct address_space *aspace,
12799 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12800 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12801 {
12802 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12803 }
12804
12805 static void
12806 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12807 {
12808 /* Always stop. */
12809 }
12810
12811 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12812 errors. */
12813
12814 static int
12815 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12816 {
12817 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12818 }
12819
12820 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12821 errors. */
12822
12823 static int
12824 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12825 {
12826 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12827 }
12828
12829 static enum print_stop_action
12830 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12831 {
12832 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12833 }
12834
12835 static void
12836 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12837 struct ui_out *uiout)
12838 {
12839 /* nothing */
12840 }
12841
12842 static void
12843 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12844 {
12845 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12846 }
12847
12848 static void
12849 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12850 {
12851 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12852 }
12853
12854 static void
12855 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12856 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12857 enum bptype type_wanted,
12858 char *addr_start,
12859 char **copy_arg)
12860 {
12861 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12862 }
12863
12864 static void
12865 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12866 struct linespec_result *c,
12867 char *cond_string,
12868 char *extra_string,
12869 enum bptype type_wanted,
12870 enum bpdisp disposition,
12871 int thread,
12872 int task, int ignore_count,
12873 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12874 int from_tty, int enabled,
12875 int internal, unsigned flags)
12876 {
12877 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12878 }
12879
12880 static void
12881 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12882 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12883 {
12884 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12885 }
12886
12887 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12888
12889 static int
12890 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12891 {
12892 return 1;
12893 }
12894
12895 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12896
12897 static void
12898 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12899 {
12900 /* Nothing to do. */
12901 }
12902
12903 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12904 {
12905 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12906 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12907 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12908 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12909 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12910 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12911 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12912 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12913 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12914 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12915 NULL,
12916 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12917 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12918 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12919 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12920 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12921 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12922 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12923 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12924 };
12925
12926 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12927
12928 static void
12929 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12930 {
12931 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12932 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12933 {
12934 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12935 delete_breakpoint (b);
12936 return;
12937 }
12938
12939 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12940 }
12941
12942 static int
12943 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12944 {
12945 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12946 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12947 &bl->target_info);
12948 else
12949 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12950 &bl->target_info);
12951 }
12952
12953 static int
12954 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12955 {
12956 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12957 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12958 else
12959 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12960 }
12961
12962 static int
12963 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12964 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12965 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12966 {
12967 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12968 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12969 return 0;
12970
12971 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12972 aspace, bp_addr))
12973 return 0;
12974
12975 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12976 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12977 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12978 return 0;
12979
12980 return 1;
12981 }
12982
12983 static int
12984 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12985 {
12986 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12987
12988 return 1;
12989 }
12990
12991 static enum print_stop_action
12992 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12993 {
12994 struct breakpoint *b;
12995 const struct bp_location *bl;
12996 int bp_temp;
12997 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12998
12999 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13000
13001 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13002 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13003
13004 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13005 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13006 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13007 bl->address,
13008 b->number, 1);
13009 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13010 if (bp_temp)
13011 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13012 else
13013 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13014 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13015 {
13016 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13017 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13018 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13019 }
13020 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13021 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13022
13023 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13024 }
13025
13026 static void
13027 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13028 {
13029 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13030 return;
13031
13032 switch (b->type)
13033 {
13034 case bp_breakpoint:
13035 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13036 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13037 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13038 else
13039 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13040 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13041 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13042 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13043 break;
13044 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13045 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13046 break;
13047 case bp_dprintf:
13048 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13049 break;
13050 }
13051
13052 say_where (b);
13053 }
13054
13055 static void
13056 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13057 {
13058 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13059 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13060 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13061 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13062 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13063 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13064 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13065 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13066 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13067 else
13068 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13069 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13070
13071 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13072 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13073 }
13074
13075 static void
13076 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13077 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13078 enum bptype type_wanted,
13079 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13080 {
13081 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13082 addr_start, copy_arg);
13083 }
13084
13085 static void
13086 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13087 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13088 char *cond_string,
13089 char *extra_string,
13090 enum bptype type_wanted,
13091 enum bpdisp disposition,
13092 int thread,
13093 int task, int ignore_count,
13094 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13095 int from_tty, int enabled,
13096 int internal, unsigned flags)
13097 {
13098 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13099 cond_string, extra_string,
13100 type_wanted,
13101 disposition, thread, task,
13102 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13103 enabled, internal, flags);
13104 }
13105
13106 static void
13107 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13108 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13109 {
13110 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13111 }
13112
13113 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13114
13115 static void
13116 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13117 {
13118 switch (b->type)
13119 {
13120 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13121 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13122 case bp_overlay_event:
13123 case bp_longjmp_master:
13124 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13125 case bp_exception_master:
13126 delete_breakpoint (b);
13127 break;
13128
13129 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13130 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13131 case bp_shlib_event:
13132
13133 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13134 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13135 case bp_thread_event:
13136 break;
13137 }
13138 }
13139
13140 static void
13141 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13142 {
13143 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13144 {
13145 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13146 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13147 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13148 objects (among other things). */
13149 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13150 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13151 }
13152 else
13153 bs->stop = 0;
13154 }
13155
13156 static enum print_stop_action
13157 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13158 {
13159 struct breakpoint *b;
13160
13161 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13162
13163 switch (b->type)
13164 {
13165 case bp_shlib_event:
13166 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13167 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13168 to shlib event" message.) */
13169 print_solib_event (0);
13170 break;
13171
13172 case bp_thread_event:
13173 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13174 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13175 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13176 break;
13177
13178 case bp_overlay_event:
13179 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13180 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13181 break;
13182
13183 case bp_longjmp_master:
13184 /* These should never be enabled. */
13185 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13186 break;
13187
13188 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13189 /* These should never be enabled. */
13190 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13191 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13192 break;
13193
13194 case bp_exception_master:
13195 /* These should never be enabled. */
13196 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13197 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13198 break;
13199 }
13200
13201 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13202 }
13203
13204 static void
13205 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13206 {
13207 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13208 }
13209
13210 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13211
13212 static void
13213 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13214 {
13215 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13216 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13217 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13218 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13219 }
13220
13221 static void
13222 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13223 {
13224 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13225 }
13226
13227 static enum print_stop_action
13228 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13229 {
13230 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13231
13232 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13233 {
13234 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13235
13236 switch (b->type)
13237 {
13238 case bp_finish:
13239 ui_out_field_string
13240 (uiout, "reason",
13241 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13242 break;
13243
13244 case bp_until:
13245 ui_out_field_string
13246 (uiout, "reason",
13247 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13248 break;
13249 }
13250 }
13251
13252 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13253 }
13254
13255 static void
13256 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13257 {
13258 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13259 }
13260
13261 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13262
13263 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13264 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13265
13266 static void
13267 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13268 {
13269 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13270
13271 if (tp)
13272 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13273
13274 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13275 }
13276
13277 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13278
13279 static int
13280 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13281 {
13282 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13283
13284 if (v == 0)
13285 {
13286 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13287 if needed. */
13288 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13289 }
13290
13291 return v;
13292 }
13293
13294 static int
13295 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13296 {
13297 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13298 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13299
13300 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13301 }
13302
13303 static void
13304 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13305 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13306 enum bptype type_wanted,
13307 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13308 {
13309 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13310
13311 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13312
13313 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13314 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13315
13316 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13317 }
13318
13319 static void
13320 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13321 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13322 {
13323 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13324 if (!sals->sals)
13325 error (_("probe not found"));
13326 }
13327
13328 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13329
13330 static void
13331 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13332 {
13333 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13334 }
13335
13336 static int
13337 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13338 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13339 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13340 {
13341 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13342 tracepoints. */
13343 return 0;
13344 }
13345
13346 static void
13347 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13348 struct ui_out *uiout)
13349 {
13350 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13351 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13352 {
13353 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13354
13355 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13356 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13357 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13358 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13359 }
13360 }
13361
13362 static void
13363 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13364 {
13365 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13366 return;
13367
13368 switch (b->type)
13369 {
13370 case bp_tracepoint:
13371 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13372 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13373 break;
13374 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13375 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13376 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13377 break;
13378 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13379 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13380 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13381 break;
13382 default:
13383 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13384 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13385 }
13386
13387 say_where (b);
13388 }
13389
13390 static void
13391 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13392 {
13393 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13394
13395 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13396 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13397 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13398 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13399 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13400 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13401 else
13402 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13403 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13404
13405 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13406 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13407
13408 if (tp->pass_count)
13409 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13410 }
13411
13412 static void
13413 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13414 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13415 enum bptype type_wanted,
13416 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13417 {
13418 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13419 addr_start, copy_arg);
13420 }
13421
13422 static void
13423 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13424 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13425 char *cond_string,
13426 char *extra_string,
13427 enum bptype type_wanted,
13428 enum bpdisp disposition,
13429 int thread,
13430 int task, int ignore_count,
13431 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13432 int from_tty, int enabled,
13433 int internal, unsigned flags)
13434 {
13435 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13436 cond_string, extra_string,
13437 type_wanted,
13438 disposition, thread, task,
13439 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13440 enabled, internal, flags);
13441 }
13442
13443 static void
13444 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13445 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13446 {
13447 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13448 }
13449
13450 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13451
13452 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13453 static probe. */
13454
13455 static void
13456 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13457 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13458 enum bptype type_wanted,
13459 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13460 {
13461 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13462 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13463 addr_start, copy_arg);
13464 }
13465
13466 static void
13467 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13468 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13469 {
13470 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13471 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13472 }
13473
13474 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13475
13476 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13477
13478 static void
13479 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13480 {
13481 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13482
13483 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13484 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13485 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13486 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13487 resolved. */
13488 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13489 error (_("Format string required"));
13490
13491 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13492 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13493 3 - disconnect from target 1
13494 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13495
13496 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13497 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13498 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13499 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13500 it all the time. */
13501 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13502 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13503 }
13504
13505 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13506
13507 static void
13508 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13509 {
13510 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13511 tp->extra_string);
13512 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13513 }
13514
13515 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13516 dprintf.
13517
13518 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13519 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13520 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13521 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13522 address are all handled. */
13523
13524 static void
13525 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13526 {
13527 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13528 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13529 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13530
13531 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13532 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13533 condition not be evaluated. */
13534 bs->stop = 0;
13535
13536 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13537 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13538 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13539 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13540 commands here throws. */
13541 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13542 bs->commands = NULL;
13543 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13544
13545 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13546
13547 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13548 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13549 list. */
13550 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13551 }
13552
13553 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13554 markers (`-m'). */
13555
13556 static void
13557 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13558 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13559 enum bptype type_wanted,
13560 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13561 {
13562 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13563
13564 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13565
13566 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13567
13568 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13569 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13570 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13571 }
13572
13573 static void
13574 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13575 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13576 char *cond_string,
13577 char *extra_string,
13578 enum bptype type_wanted,
13579 enum bpdisp disposition,
13580 int thread,
13581 int task, int ignore_count,
13582 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13583 int from_tty, int enabled,
13584 int internal, unsigned flags)
13585 {
13586 int i;
13587 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13588 canonical->sals, 0);
13589
13590 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13591 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13592 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13593 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13594 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13595 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13596
13597 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13598 {
13599 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13600 struct tracepoint *tp;
13601 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13602 char *addr_string;
13603
13604 expanded.nelts = 1;
13605 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13606
13607 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13608 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13609
13610 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13611 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13612 addr_string, NULL,
13613 cond_string, extra_string,
13614 type_wanted, disposition,
13615 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13616 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13617 canonical->special_display);
13618 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13619 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13620 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13621 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13622 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13623 corresponds to this one */
13624 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13625
13626 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13627
13628 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13629 }
13630 }
13631
13632 static void
13633 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13634 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13635 {
13636 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13637
13638 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13639 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13640 {
13641 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13642 sals->nelts = 1;
13643 }
13644 else
13645 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13646 }
13647
13648 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13649
13650 static int
13651 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13652 {
13653 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13654 }
13655
13656 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13657 structures. */
13658
13659 void
13660 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13661 {
13662 struct breakpoint *b;
13663
13664 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13665
13666 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13667 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13668 especial culprits.
13669
13670 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13671 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13672 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13673 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13674 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13675 deleted.
13676
13677 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13678 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13679 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13680 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13681 was chosen. */
13682 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13683 return;
13684
13685 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13686 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13687 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13688 {
13689 struct breakpoint *related;
13690 struct watchpoint *w;
13691
13692 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13693 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13694 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13695 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13696 else
13697 w = NULL;
13698 if (w != NULL)
13699 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13700
13701 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13702 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13703 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13704 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13705 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13706 }
13707
13708 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13709 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13710 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13711 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13712 if (bpt->number)
13713 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13714
13715 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13716 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13717
13718 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13719 if (b->next == bpt)
13720 {
13721 b->next = bpt->next;
13722 break;
13723 }
13724
13725 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13726 been freed. */
13727 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13728 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13729 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13730 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13731 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13732 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13733 commands won't work. */
13734
13735 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13736
13737 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13738 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13739 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13740 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13741 might be better design to have location completely
13742 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13743 update_global_location_list (0);
13744
13745 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13746 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13747 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13748 bpt->type = bp_none;
13749 xfree (bpt);
13750 }
13751
13752 static void
13753 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13754 {
13755 delete_breakpoint (b);
13756 }
13757
13758 struct cleanup *
13759 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13760 {
13761 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13762 }
13763
13764 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13765 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13766
13767 static void
13768 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13769 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13770 void *),
13771 void *data)
13772 {
13773 struct breakpoint *related;
13774
13775 related = b;
13776 do
13777 {
13778 struct breakpoint *next;
13779
13780 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13781 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13782
13783 if (next == related)
13784 {
13785 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13786 function (related, data);
13787
13788 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13789 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13790 out. */
13791 break;
13792 }
13793 else
13794 function (related, data);
13795
13796 related = next;
13797 }
13798 while (related != b);
13799 }
13800
13801 static void
13802 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13803 {
13804 delete_breakpoint (b);
13805 }
13806
13807 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13808 delete_breakpoint. */
13809
13810 static void
13811 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13812 {
13813 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13814 }
13815
13816 void
13817 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13818 {
13819 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13820
13821 dont_repeat ();
13822
13823 if (arg == 0)
13824 {
13825 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13826
13827 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13828 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13829 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13830 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13831 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13832 {
13833 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13834 break;
13835 }
13836
13837 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13838 if (!from_tty
13839 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13840 {
13841 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13842 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13843 delete_breakpoint (b);
13844 }
13845 }
13846 else
13847 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13848 }
13849
13850 static int
13851 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13852 {
13853 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13854 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13855 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13856 return 0;
13857 return 1;
13858 }
13859
13860 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13861 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13862 Null names are ignored. */
13863
13864 static int
13865 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13866 {
13867 struct bp_location *l;
13868 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13869 (int (*) (const void *,
13870 const void *)) streq,
13871 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13872
13873 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13874 {
13875 const char **slot;
13876 const char *name = l->function_name;
13877
13878 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13879 if (name == NULL)
13880 continue;
13881
13882 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13883 INSERT);
13884 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13885 returns NULL. */
13886 if (*slot != NULL)
13887 {
13888 htab_delete (htab);
13889 return 1;
13890 }
13891 *slot = name;
13892 }
13893
13894 htab_delete (htab);
13895 return 0;
13896 }
13897
13898 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13899 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13900 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13901 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13902 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13903 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13904 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13905 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13906 The heuristic is:
13907
13908 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13909 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13910 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13911 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13912 in the sources, and output a warning.
13913
13914 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13915 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13916 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13917 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13918 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13919 warning.
13920
13921 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13922 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13923 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13924 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13925 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13926 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13927 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13928 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13929 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13930
13931 static struct symtab_and_line
13932 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13933 {
13934 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13935 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13936 CORE_ADDR pc;
13937
13938 pc = sal.pc;
13939 if (sal.line)
13940 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13941
13942 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13943 {
13944 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13945 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13946 b->number,
13947 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13948
13949 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13950 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13951 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13952
13953 return sal;
13954 }
13955
13956 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13957 by string ID. */
13958 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13959 && sal.line != 0
13960 && sal.symtab != NULL
13961 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13962 {
13963 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13964
13965 markers
13966 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13967
13968 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13969 {
13970 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13971 struct symbol *sym;
13972 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13973 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13974
13975 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13976
13977 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13978 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13979
13980 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13981 "found at previous line number"),
13982 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13983
13984 init_sal (&sal2);
13985
13986 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13987
13988 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13989 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13990 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13991 if (sym)
13992 {
13993 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13994 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13995 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13996 }
13997 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
13998 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13999 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14000
14001 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14002 {
14003 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14004
14005 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14006 }
14007
14008 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14009 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14010
14011 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14012 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14013
14014 xfree (b->addr_string);
14015 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14016 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14017 b->loc->line_number);
14018
14019 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14020 so. */
14021
14022 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14023 }
14024 }
14025 return sal;
14026 }
14027
14028 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14029 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14030
14031 static int
14032 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14033 {
14034 while (a && b)
14035 {
14036 if (a->address != b->address)
14037 return 0;
14038
14039 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14040 return 0;
14041
14042 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14043 return 0;
14044
14045 a = a->next;
14046 b = b->next;
14047 }
14048
14049 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14050 return 0;
14051
14052 return 1;
14053 }
14054
14055 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14056 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14057 a ranged breakpoint. */
14058
14059 void
14060 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14061 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14062 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14063 {
14064 int i;
14065 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14066
14067 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14068 {
14069 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14070 location. */
14071 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14072 update_global_location_list (1);
14073 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14074 "multiple locations found\n"),
14075 b->number);
14076 return;
14077 }
14078
14079 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14080 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14081 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14082 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14083 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14084 individual locations. */
14085 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14086 return;
14087
14088 b->loc = NULL;
14089
14090 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14091 {
14092 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14093
14094 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14095
14096 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14097
14098 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14099 old symtab. */
14100 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14101 {
14102 const char *s;
14103 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14104
14105 s = b->cond_string;
14106 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14107 {
14108 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14109 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14110 0);
14111 }
14112 if (e.reason < 0)
14113 {
14114 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14115 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14116 b->number, e.message);
14117 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14118 }
14119 }
14120
14121 if (sals_end.nelts)
14122 {
14123 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14124
14125 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14126 }
14127 }
14128
14129 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14130 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14131 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14132
14133 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14134 breakpoints. */
14135 {
14136 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14137 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14138 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14139 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14140 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14141 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14142 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14143
14144 for (; e; e = e->next)
14145 {
14146 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14147 {
14148 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14149 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14150 {
14151 for (; l; l = l->next)
14152 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14153 {
14154 l->enabled = 0;
14155 break;
14156 }
14157 }
14158 else
14159 {
14160 for (; l; l = l->next)
14161 if (l->function_name
14162 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14163 {
14164 l->enabled = 0;
14165 break;
14166 }
14167 }
14168 }
14169 }
14170 }
14171
14172 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14173 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14174
14175 update_global_location_list (1);
14176 }
14177
14178 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14179 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14180
14181 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14182 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14183 {
14184 char *s;
14185 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14186 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14187
14188 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14189 s = addr_string;
14190
14191 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14192 {
14193 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14194 }
14195 if (e.reason < 0)
14196 {
14197 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14198 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14199 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14200 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14201 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14202 state, then user already saw the message about that
14203 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14204 errors. */
14205 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14206 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14207 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14208 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14209 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14210 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14211
14212 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14213 {
14214 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14215 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14216 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14217 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14218 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14219 which approach is better. */
14220 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14221 throw_exception (e);
14222 }
14223 }
14224
14225 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14226 {
14227 int i;
14228
14229 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14230 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14231 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14232 {
14233 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14234 int thread, task;
14235
14236 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14237 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14238 &extra_string);
14239 if (cond_string)
14240 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14241 b->thread = thread;
14242 b->task = task;
14243 if (extra_string)
14244 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14245 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14246 }
14247
14248 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14249 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14250
14251 *found = 1;
14252 }
14253 else
14254 *found = 0;
14255
14256 return sals;
14257 }
14258
14259 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14260 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14261 locations. */
14262
14263 static void
14264 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14265 {
14266 int found;
14267 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14268 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14269 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14270
14271 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14272 if (found)
14273 {
14274 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14275 expanded = sals;
14276 }
14277
14278 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14279 {
14280 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14281 if (found)
14282 {
14283 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14284 expanded_end = sals_end;
14285 }
14286 }
14287
14288 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14289 }
14290
14291 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14292 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14293
14294 static void
14295 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14296 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14297 enum bptype type_wanted,
14298 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14299 {
14300 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14301 }
14302
14303 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14304 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14305 breakpoint_ops. */
14306
14307 static void
14308 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14309 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14310 char *cond_string,
14311 char *extra_string,
14312 enum bptype type_wanted,
14313 enum bpdisp disposition,
14314 int thread,
14315 int task, int ignore_count,
14316 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14317 int from_tty, int enabled,
14318 int internal, unsigned flags)
14319 {
14320 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14321 extra_string,
14322 type_wanted, disposition,
14323 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14324 enabled, internal, flags);
14325 }
14326
14327 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14328 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14329
14330 static void
14331 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14332 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14333 {
14334 struct linespec_result canonical;
14335
14336 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14337 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14338 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14339 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14340 b->filter);
14341
14342 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14343 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14344
14345 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14346 {
14347 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14348
14349 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14350 *sals = lsal->sals;
14351 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14352 contents. */
14353 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14354 }
14355
14356 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14357 }
14358
14359 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14360
14361 static struct cleanup *
14362 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14363 {
14364 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14365
14366 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14367 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14368 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14369 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14370 set_language (b->language);
14371
14372 return cleanups;
14373 }
14374
14375 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14376 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14377 Unused in this case. */
14378
14379 static int
14380 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14381 {
14382 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14383 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14384 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14385
14386 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14387 b->ops->re_set (b);
14388 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14389 return 0;
14390 }
14391
14392 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14393 void
14394 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14395 {
14396 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14397 enum language save_language;
14398 int save_input_radix;
14399 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14400
14401 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14402 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14403 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14404
14405 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14406 {
14407 /* Format possible error msg. */
14408 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14409 b->number);
14410 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14411 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14412 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14413 }
14414 set_language (save_language);
14415 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14416
14417 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14418
14419 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14420
14421 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14422 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14423 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14424 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14425 }
14426 \f
14427 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14428
14429 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14430 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14431 void
14432 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14433 {
14434 if (b->thread != -1)
14435 {
14436 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14437 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14438
14439 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14440 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14441 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14442 as well. */
14443 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14444 }
14445 }
14446
14447 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14448 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14449 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14450
14451 void
14452 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14453 {
14454 struct breakpoint *b;
14455
14456 if (count < 0)
14457 count = 0;
14458
14459 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14460 if (b->number == bptnum)
14461 {
14462 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14463 {
14464 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14465 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14466 bptnum);
14467 return;
14468 }
14469
14470 b->ignore_count = count;
14471 if (from_tty)
14472 {
14473 if (count == 0)
14474 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14475 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14476 bptnum);
14477 else if (count == 1)
14478 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14479 bptnum);
14480 else
14481 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14482 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14483 count, bptnum);
14484 }
14485 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14486 return;
14487 }
14488
14489 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14490 }
14491
14492 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14493
14494 static void
14495 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14496 {
14497 char *p = args;
14498 int num;
14499
14500 if (p == 0)
14501 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14502
14503 num = get_number (&p);
14504 if (num == 0)
14505 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14506 if (*p == 0)
14507 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14508
14509 set_ignore_count (num,
14510 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14511 from_tty);
14512 if (from_tty)
14513 printf_filtered ("\n");
14514 }
14515 \f
14516 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14517 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14518
14519 static void
14520 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14521 void *),
14522 void *data)
14523 {
14524 int num;
14525 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14526 int match;
14527 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14528
14529 if (args == 0)
14530 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14531
14532 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14533
14534 while (!state.finished)
14535 {
14536 char *p = state.string;
14537
14538 match = 0;
14539
14540 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14541 if (num == 0)
14542 {
14543 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14544 }
14545 else
14546 {
14547 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14548 if (b->number == num)
14549 {
14550 match = 1;
14551 function (b, data);
14552 break;
14553 }
14554 if (match == 0)
14555 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14556 }
14557 }
14558 }
14559
14560 static struct bp_location *
14561 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14562 {
14563 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14564 char *p1;
14565 int bp_num;
14566 int loc_num;
14567 struct breakpoint *b;
14568 struct bp_location *loc;
14569
14570 *dot = '\0';
14571
14572 p1 = number;
14573 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14574 if (bp_num == 0)
14575 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14576
14577 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14578 if (b->number == bp_num)
14579 {
14580 break;
14581 }
14582
14583 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14584 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14585
14586 p1 = dot+1;
14587 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14588 if (loc_num == 0)
14589 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14590
14591 --loc_num;
14592 loc = b->loc;
14593 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14594 ;
14595 if (!loc)
14596 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14597
14598 return loc;
14599 }
14600
14601
14602 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14603 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14604 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14605
14606 void
14607 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14608 {
14609 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14610 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14611 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14612 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14613 return;
14614
14615 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14616 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14617 return;
14618
14619 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14620
14621 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14622 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14623
14624 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14625 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14626 {
14627 struct bp_location *location;
14628
14629 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14630 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14631 }
14632
14633 update_global_location_list (0);
14634
14635 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14636 }
14637
14638 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14639
14640 static void
14641 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14642 {
14643 disable_breakpoint (b);
14644 }
14645
14646 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14647 disable_breakpoint. */
14648
14649 static void
14650 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14651 {
14652 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14653 }
14654
14655 static void
14656 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14657 {
14658 if (args == 0)
14659 {
14660 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14661
14662 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14663 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14664 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14665 }
14666 else
14667 {
14668 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14669
14670 while (num)
14671 {
14672 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14673 {
14674 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14675
14676 if (loc)
14677 {
14678 if (loc->enabled)
14679 {
14680 loc->enabled = 0;
14681 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14682 }
14683 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14684 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14685 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14686 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14687 }
14688 update_global_location_list (0);
14689 }
14690 else
14691 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14692 num = extract_arg (&args);
14693 }
14694 }
14695 }
14696
14697 static void
14698 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14699 int count)
14700 {
14701 int target_resources_ok;
14702
14703 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14704 {
14705 int i;
14706 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14707 target_resources_ok =
14708 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14709 i + 1, 0);
14710 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14711 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14712 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14713 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14714 }
14715
14716 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14717 {
14718 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14719 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14720 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14721
14722 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14723 {
14724 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14725
14726 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14727 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14728 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14729 }
14730 if (e.reason < 0)
14731 {
14732 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14733 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14734 bpt->number);
14735 return;
14736 }
14737 }
14738
14739 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14740 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14741
14742 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14743
14744 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14745 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14746
14747 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14748 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14749 {
14750 struct bp_location *location;
14751
14752 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14753 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14754 }
14755
14756 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14757 bpt->enable_count = count;
14758 update_global_location_list (1);
14759
14760 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14761 }
14762
14763
14764 void
14765 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14766 {
14767 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14768 }
14769
14770 static void
14771 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14772 {
14773 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14774 }
14775
14776 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14777 enable_breakpoint. */
14778
14779 static void
14780 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14781 {
14782 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14783 }
14784
14785 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14786 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14787 in stopping the inferior. */
14788
14789 static void
14790 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14791 {
14792 if (args == 0)
14793 {
14794 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14795
14796 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14797 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14798 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14799 }
14800 else
14801 {
14802 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14803
14804 while (num)
14805 {
14806 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14807 {
14808 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14809
14810 if (loc)
14811 {
14812 if (!loc->enabled)
14813 {
14814 loc->enabled = 1;
14815 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14816 }
14817 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14818 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14819 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14820 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14821 }
14822 update_global_location_list (1);
14823 }
14824 else
14825 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14826 num = extract_arg (&args);
14827 }
14828 }
14829 }
14830
14831 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14832 breakpoints. */
14833
14834 struct disp_data
14835 {
14836 enum bpdisp disp;
14837 int count;
14838 };
14839
14840 static void
14841 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14842 {
14843 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14844
14845 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14846 }
14847
14848 static void
14849 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14850 {
14851 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14852
14853 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14854 }
14855
14856 static void
14857 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14858 {
14859 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14860 }
14861
14862 static void
14863 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14864 {
14865 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14866
14867 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14868 }
14869
14870 static void
14871 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14872 {
14873 int count = get_number (&args);
14874
14875 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14876 }
14877
14878 static void
14879 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14880 {
14881 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14882
14883 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14884 }
14885
14886 static void
14887 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14888 {
14889 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14890 }
14891 \f
14892 static void
14893 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14894 {
14895 }
14896
14897 static void
14898 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14899 {
14900 }
14901
14902 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14903 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14904 GDB itself. */
14905
14906 static void
14907 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14908 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14909 const bfd_byte *data)
14910 {
14911 struct breakpoint *bp;
14912
14913 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14914 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14915 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14916 {
14917 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14918
14919 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14920 {
14921 struct bp_location *loc;
14922
14923 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14924 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14925 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14926 && addr + len > loc->address)
14927 {
14928 value_free (wp->val);
14929 wp->val = NULL;
14930 wp->val_valid = 0;
14931 }
14932 }
14933 }
14934 }
14935
14936 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14937 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14938 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14939 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14940 someday. */
14941
14942 void *
14943 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14944 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14945 {
14946 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14947
14948 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14949
14950 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14951 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14952
14953 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14954 {
14955 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14956 xfree (bp_tgt);
14957 return NULL;
14958 }
14959
14960 return bp_tgt;
14961 }
14962
14963 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14964 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14965
14966 int
14967 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14968 {
14969 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14970 int ret;
14971
14972 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14973 xfree (bp_tgt);
14974
14975 return ret;
14976 }
14977
14978 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14979 stepping. */
14980
14981 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14982 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14983
14984 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14985
14986 void
14987 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14988 struct address_space *aspace,
14989 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14990 {
14991 void **bpt_p;
14992
14993 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14994 {
14995 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14996 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14997 }
14998 else
14999 {
15000 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
15001 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
15002 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
15003 }
15004
15005 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15006 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15007 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15008 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15009 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15010 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15011
15012 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
15013 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
15014 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15015 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
15016 }
15017
15018 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15019 were inserted or not. */
15020
15021 int
15022 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15023 {
15024 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
15025 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
15026 }
15027
15028 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15029
15030 void
15031 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15032 {
15033 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
15034
15035 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15036 call. */
15037 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
15038 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
15039 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
15040 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
15041
15042 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
15043 {
15044 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
15045 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
15046 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
15047 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
15048 }
15049 }
15050
15051 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15052 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15053 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15054 exec. */
15055
15056 void
15057 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15058 {
15059 int i;
15060
15061 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15062 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15063 {
15064 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15065 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
15066 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
15067 }
15068 }
15069
15070 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15071 removing them. */
15072
15073 static void
15074 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15075 {
15076 int i;
15077
15078 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15079 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15080 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15081 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15082 }
15083
15084 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15085 PC. */
15086
15087 static int
15088 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15089 CORE_ADDR pc)
15090 {
15091 int i;
15092
15093 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15094 {
15095 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15096 if (bp_tgt
15097 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15098 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15099 aspace, pc))
15100 return 1;
15101 }
15102
15103 return 0;
15104 }
15105
15106 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15107 non-zero otherwise. */
15108 static int
15109 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15110 {
15111 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15112 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15113 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15114 return 1;
15115 else
15116 return 0;
15117 }
15118
15119 int
15120 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15121 {
15122 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15123 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15124
15125 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15126 }
15127
15128 int
15129 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15130 {
15131 struct breakpoint *bp;
15132
15133 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15134 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15135 {
15136 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15137
15138 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15139 {
15140 int i, iter;
15141 for (i = 0;
15142 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15143 i++)
15144 if (syscall_number == iter)
15145 return 1;
15146 }
15147 else
15148 return 1;
15149 }
15150
15151 return 0;
15152 }
15153
15154 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15155 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15156 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15157 const char *text, const char *word)
15158 {
15159 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15160 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15161 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15162
15163 xfree (list);
15164 return retlist;
15165 }
15166
15167 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15168
15169 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15170 static void
15171 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15172 {
15173 tracepoint_count = num;
15174 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15175 }
15176
15177 static void
15178 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15179 {
15180 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15181 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15182
15183 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15184 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15185 else
15186 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15187
15188 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15189 arg,
15190 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15191 0 /* tempflag */,
15192 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15193 0 /* Ignore count */,
15194 pending_break_support,
15195 ops,
15196 from_tty,
15197 1 /* enabled */,
15198 0 /* internal */, 0);
15199 }
15200
15201 static void
15202 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15203 {
15204 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15205 arg,
15206 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15207 0 /* tempflag */,
15208 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15209 0 /* Ignore count */,
15210 pending_break_support,
15211 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15212 from_tty,
15213 1 /* enabled */,
15214 0 /* internal */, 0);
15215 }
15216
15217 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15218
15219 static void
15220 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15221 {
15222 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15223
15224 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15225 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15226 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15227 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15228 else
15229 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15230
15231 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15232 arg,
15233 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15234 0 /* tempflag */,
15235 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15236 0 /* Ignore count */,
15237 pending_break_support,
15238 ops,
15239 from_tty,
15240 1 /* enabled */,
15241 0 /* internal */, 0);
15242 }
15243
15244 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15245 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15246
15247 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15248 static int next_cmd;
15249
15250 static char *
15251 read_uploaded_action (void)
15252 {
15253 char *rslt;
15254
15255 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15256
15257 next_cmd++;
15258
15259 return rslt;
15260 }
15261
15262 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15263 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15264 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15265 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15266 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15267
15268 struct tracepoint *
15269 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15270 {
15271 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15272 struct tracepoint *tp;
15273
15274 if (utp->at_string)
15275 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15276 else
15277 {
15278 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15279 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15280 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15281 user. */
15282 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15283 "source location, using raw address"),
15284 utp->number);
15285 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15286 addr_str = small_buf;
15287 }
15288
15289 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15290 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15291 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15292 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15293 utp->number);
15294
15295 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15296 addr_str,
15297 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15298 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15299 0 /* tempflag */,
15300 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15301 0 /* Ignore count */,
15302 pending_break_support,
15303 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15304 0 /* from_tty */,
15305 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15306 0 /* internal */,
15307 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15308 return NULL;
15309
15310 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15311 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15312 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15313
15314 if (utp->pass > 0)
15315 {
15316 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15317 tp->base.number);
15318
15319 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15320 }
15321
15322 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15323 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15324 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15325 function. */
15326 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15327 {
15328 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15329
15330 this_utp = utp;
15331 next_cmd = 0;
15332
15333 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15334
15335 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15336 }
15337 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15338 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15339 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15340 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15341 utp->number);
15342
15343 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15344 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15345 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15346
15347 return tp;
15348 }
15349
15350 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15351 omitted. */
15352
15353 static void
15354 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15355 {
15356 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15357 int num_printed;
15358
15359 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15360
15361 if (num_printed == 0)
15362 {
15363 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15364 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15365 else
15366 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15367 }
15368
15369 default_collect_info ();
15370 }
15371
15372 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15373 Not supported by all targets. */
15374 static void
15375 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15376 {
15377 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15378 }
15379
15380 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15381 Not supported by all targets. */
15382 static void
15383 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15384 {
15385 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15386 }
15387
15388 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15389 static void
15390 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15391 {
15392 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15393
15394 dont_repeat ();
15395
15396 if (arg == 0)
15397 {
15398 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15399
15400 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15401 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15402 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15403 argument. */
15404 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15405 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15406 {
15407 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15408 break;
15409 }
15410
15411 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15412 if (!from_tty
15413 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15414 {
15415 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15416 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15417 delete_breakpoint (b);
15418 }
15419 }
15420 else
15421 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15422 }
15423
15424 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15425
15426 static void
15427 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15428 {
15429 tp->pass_count = count;
15430 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15431 if (from_tty)
15432 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15433 tp->base.number, count);
15434 }
15435
15436 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15437
15438 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15439 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15440 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15441
15442 static void
15443 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15444 {
15445 struct tracepoint *t1;
15446 unsigned int count;
15447
15448 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15449 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15450 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15451
15452 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15453
15454 args = skip_spaces (args);
15455 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15456 {
15457 struct breakpoint *b;
15458
15459 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15460 if (*args)
15461 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15462
15463 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15464 {
15465 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15466 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15467 }
15468 }
15469 else if (*args == '\0')
15470 {
15471 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15472 if (t1)
15473 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15474 }
15475 else
15476 {
15477 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15478
15479 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15480 while (!state.finished)
15481 {
15482 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15483 if (t1)
15484 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15485 }
15486 }
15487 }
15488
15489 struct tracepoint *
15490 get_tracepoint (int num)
15491 {
15492 struct breakpoint *t;
15493
15494 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15495 if (t->number == num)
15496 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15497
15498 return NULL;
15499 }
15500
15501 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15502 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15503 reconnecting). */
15504
15505 struct tracepoint *
15506 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15507 {
15508 struct breakpoint *b;
15509
15510 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15511 {
15512 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15513
15514 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15515 return t;
15516 }
15517
15518 return NULL;
15519 }
15520
15521 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15522 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15523 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15524 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15525 struct tracepoint *
15526 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15527 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15528 int optional_p)
15529 {
15530 struct breakpoint *t;
15531 int tpnum;
15532 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15533
15534 if (state)
15535 {
15536 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15537 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15538 }
15539 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15540 {
15541 if (optional_p)
15542 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15543 else
15544 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15545 }
15546 else
15547 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15548
15549 if (tpnum <= 0)
15550 {
15551 if (instring && *instring)
15552 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15553 instring);
15554 else
15555 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15556 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15557 return NULL;
15558 }
15559
15560 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15561 if (t->number == tpnum)
15562 {
15563 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15564 }
15565
15566 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15567 return NULL;
15568 }
15569
15570 void
15571 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15572 {
15573 if (b->thread != -1)
15574 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15575
15576 if (b->task != 0)
15577 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15578
15579 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15580 }
15581
15582 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15583 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15584 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15585 non-zero. */
15586
15587 static void
15588 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15589 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15590 {
15591 struct breakpoint *tp;
15592 int any = 0;
15593 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15594 struct ui_file *fp;
15595 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15596
15597 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15598 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15599
15600 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15601 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15602 {
15603 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15604 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15605 continue;
15606
15607 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15608 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15609 continue;
15610
15611 any = 1;
15612
15613 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15614 {
15615 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15616
15617 /* We can stop searching. */
15618 break;
15619 }
15620 }
15621
15622 if (!any)
15623 {
15624 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15625 return;
15626 }
15627
15628 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15629 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15630 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15631 if (!fp)
15632 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15633 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15634 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15635
15636 if (extra_trace_bits)
15637 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15638
15639 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15640 {
15641 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15642 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15643 continue;
15644
15645 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15646 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15647 continue;
15648
15649 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15650
15651 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15652 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15653 instead. */
15654
15655 if (tp->cond_string)
15656 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15657
15658 if (tp->ignore_count)
15659 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15660
15661 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15662 {
15663 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15664
15665 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15666
15667 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15668 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15669 {
15670 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15671 }
15672 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15673
15674 if (ex.reason < 0)
15675 throw_exception (ex);
15676
15677 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15678 }
15679
15680 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15681 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15682
15683 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15684 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15685 special, and not user visible. */
15686 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15687 {
15688 struct bp_location *loc;
15689 int n = 1;
15690
15691 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15692 if (!loc->enabled)
15693 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15694 }
15695 }
15696
15697 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15698 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15699
15700 if (from_tty)
15701 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15702 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15703 }
15704
15705 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15706
15707 static void
15708 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15709 {
15710 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15711 }
15712
15713 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15714
15715 static void
15716 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15717 {
15718 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15719 }
15720
15721 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15722
15723 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15724 all_tracepoints (void)
15725 {
15726 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15727 struct breakpoint *tp;
15728
15729 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15730 {
15731 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15732 }
15733
15734 return tp_vec;
15735 }
15736
15737 \f
15738 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15739 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15740 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15741 command. */
15742 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15743 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15744 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15745 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15746 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15747 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15748 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15749 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15750 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15751 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15752 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15753 \n\
15754 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15755 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15756 \n\
15757 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15758 conditions are different.\n\
15759 \n\
15760 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15761
15762 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15763 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15764
15765 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15766 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15767
15768 void
15769 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15770 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15771 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15772 completer_ftype *completer,
15773 void *user_data_catch,
15774 void *user_data_tcatch)
15775 {
15776 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15777
15778 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15779 &catch_cmdlist);
15780 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15781 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15782 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15783
15784 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15785 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15786 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15787 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15788 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15789 }
15790
15791 static void
15792 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15793 {
15794 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15795 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15796
15797 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15798 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15799 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15800 }
15801
15802 static void
15803 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15804 {
15805 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15806 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15807 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15808 }
15809
15810 struct breakpoint *
15811 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15812 void *data)
15813 {
15814 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15815
15816 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15817 {
15818 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15819 return b;
15820 }
15821
15822 return NULL;
15823 }
15824
15825 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15826 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15827
15828 static int
15829 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15830 {
15831 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15832 non-inline function. */
15833 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15834 return 1;
15835
15836 return 0;
15837 }
15838
15839 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15840 have been inlined. */
15841
15842 int
15843 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15844 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15845 {
15846 struct breakpoint *b;
15847 struct bp_location *bl;
15848
15849 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15850 {
15851 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15852 continue;
15853
15854 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15855 {
15856 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15857 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15858 return 1;
15859 }
15860 }
15861
15862 return 0;
15863 }
15864
15865 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15866
15867 void
15868 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15869 {
15870 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15871
15872 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15873 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
15874 loc->symtab = NULL;
15875 }
15876
15877 void
15878 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15879 {
15880 static int initialized = 0;
15881
15882 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15883
15884 if (initialized)
15885 return;
15886 initialized = 1;
15887
15888 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15889 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15890 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15891 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15892 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15893 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15894 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15895 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15896 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15897 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15898 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15899 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15900
15901 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15902 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15903 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15904 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15905 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15906 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15907 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15908 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15909
15910 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15911 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15912 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15913 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15914 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15915 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15916 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15917 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15918 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15919 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15920
15921 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15922 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15923 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15924 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15925 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15926 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15927 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15928
15929 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15930 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15931 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15932 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15933 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15934 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15935 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15936
15937 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15938 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15939 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15940 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15941
15942 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15943 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15944 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15945 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15946 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15947 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15948 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15949
15950 /* Watchpoints. */
15951 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15952 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15953 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15954 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15955 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15956 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15957 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15958 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15959 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15960 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15961 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15962 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15963 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15964 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
15965
15966 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15967 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15968 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15969 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15970 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15971 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15972 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15973 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15974 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15975 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15976 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15977
15978 /* Tracepoints. */
15979 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15980 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15981 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15982 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15983 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15984 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15985 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15986 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15987 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15988 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15989
15990 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15991 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15992 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15993 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15994 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15995
15996 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15997 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15998 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15999 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
16000 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16001 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16002
16003 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16004 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16005 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16006 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16007 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16008 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16009 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16010 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16011 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16012 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16013
16014 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16015 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16016 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16017 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16018 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16019 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16020 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16021 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16022 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16023 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16024
16025 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16026 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16027 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16028 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16029 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16030 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16031 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16032 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16033 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16034 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16035 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16036
16037 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16038 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16039 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16040 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16041 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16042 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16043 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16044 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16045 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16046 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16047 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16048
16049 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16050 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16051 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16052 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16053 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16054 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16055 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16056 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16057 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16058 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16059 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16060 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16061
16062 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16063 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16064 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16065 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16066 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16067 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16068 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16069 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16070 }
16071
16072 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16073
16074 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16075
16076 void
16077 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16078 {
16079 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16080
16081 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16082
16083 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16084 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16085 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16086 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16087
16088 breakpoint_objfile_key
16089 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16090
16091 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16092 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16093 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16094
16095 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16096 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16097 before a breakpoint is set. */
16098 breakpoint_count = 0;
16099
16100 tracepoint_count = 0;
16101
16102 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16103 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16104 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16105 if (xdb_commands)
16106 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16107
16108 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16109 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16110 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16111 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16112 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16113 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16114 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16115 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16116
16117 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16118 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16119 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16120 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16121 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16122
16123 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16124 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16125 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16126 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16127 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16128 \n"
16129 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16130 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16131
16132 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16133 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16134 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16135 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16136 \n"
16137 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16138 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16139
16140 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16141 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16142 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16143 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16144 \n"
16145 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16146 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16147
16148 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16149 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16150 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16151 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16152 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16153 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16154 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16155 if (xdb_commands)
16156 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16157 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16158 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16159 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16160 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16161 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16162
16163 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16164
16165 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16166 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16167 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16168 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16169 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16170 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16171
16172 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16173 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16174 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16175 &enablebreaklist);
16176
16177 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16178 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16179 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16180 &enablebreaklist);
16181
16182 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16183 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16184 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16185 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16186 &enablebreaklist);
16187
16188 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16189 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16190 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16191 &enablelist);
16192
16193 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16194 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16195 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16196 &enablelist);
16197
16198 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16199 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16200 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16201 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16202 &enablelist);
16203
16204 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16205 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16206 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16207 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16208 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16209 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16210 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16211 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16212 if (xdb_commands)
16213 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16214 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16215 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16216 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16217 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16218
16219 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16220 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16221 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16222 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16223 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16224 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16225 &disablelist);
16226
16227 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16228 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16229 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16230 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16231 \n\
16232 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16233 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16234 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16235 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16236 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16237 if (xdb_commands)
16238 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16239 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16240 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16241 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16242
16243 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16244 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16245 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16246 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16247 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16248 &deletelist);
16249
16250 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16251 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16252 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16253 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16254 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16255 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16256 \n\
16257 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16258 is executing in.\n\
16259 \n\
16260 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16261 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16262
16263 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16264 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16265 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16266 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16267
16268 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16269 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16270 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16271 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16272
16273 if (xdb_commands)
16274 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16275
16276 if (dbx_commands)
16277 {
16278 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16279 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16280 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16281 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16282 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16283 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16284 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16285 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16286 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16287 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16288 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16289 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16290 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16291 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16292 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16293 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16294 \n\
16295 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16296 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16297 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16298 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16299 breakpoint set."));
16300 }
16301
16302 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16303 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16304 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16305 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16306 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16307 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16308 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16309 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16310 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16311 \n\
16312 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16313 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16314 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16315 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16316 breakpoint set."));
16317
16318 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16319
16320 if (xdb_commands)
16321 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16322 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16323 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16324 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16325 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16326 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16327 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16328 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16329 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16330 \n\
16331 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16332 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16333 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16334 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16335 breakpoint set."));
16336
16337 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16338 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16339 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16340 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16341 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16342 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16343 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16344 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16345 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16346 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16347 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16348 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16349 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16350 \n\
16351 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16352 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16353 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16354 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16355 breakpoint set."),
16356 &maintenanceinfolist);
16357
16358 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16359 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16360 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16361 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16362
16363 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16364 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16365 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16366 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16367
16368 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16369 catch_fork_command_1,
16370 NULL,
16371 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16372 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16373 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16374 catch_fork_command_1,
16375 NULL,
16376 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16377 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16378 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16379 catch_exec_command_1,
16380 NULL,
16381 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16382 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16383 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16384 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16385 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16386 catch_load_command_1,
16387 NULL,
16388 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16389 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16390 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16391 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16392 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16393 catch_unload_command_1,
16394 NULL,
16395 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16396 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16397 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16398 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16399 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16400 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16401 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16402 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16403 catch_syscall_command_1,
16404 catch_syscall_completer,
16405 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16406 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16407
16408 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16409 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16410 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16411 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16412 an expression changes.\n\
16413 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16414 the memory to which it refers."));
16415 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16416
16417 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16418 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16419 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16420 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16421 an expression is read.\n\
16422 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16423 the memory to which it refers."));
16424 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16425
16426 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16427 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16428 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16429 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16430 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16431 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16432 the memory to which it refers."));
16433 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16434
16435 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16436 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16437
16438 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16439 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16440 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16441 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16442 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16443 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16444 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16445 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16446 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16447 hardware.)"),
16448 NULL,
16449 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16450 &setlist, &showlist);
16451
16452 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16453
16454 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16455
16456 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16457 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16458 \n"
16459 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16460 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16461 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16462
16463 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16464 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16465 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16466 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16467
16468 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16469 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16470 \n"
16471 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16472 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16473 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16474
16475 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16476 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16477 \n\
16478 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16479 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16480 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16481 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16482 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16483 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16484 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16485 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16486 the selected stack frame.\n\
16487 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16488 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16489 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16490 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16491 \n\
16492 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16493 \n\
16494 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16495 conditions are different.\n\
16496 \n\
16497 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16498 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16499 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16500
16501 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16502 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16503 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16504 last tracepoint set."));
16505
16506 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16507
16508 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16509 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16510 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16511 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16512 &deletelist);
16513 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16514
16515 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16516 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16517 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16518 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16519 &disablelist);
16520 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16521
16522 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16523 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16524 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16525 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16526 &enablelist);
16527 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16528
16529 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16530 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16531 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16532 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16533 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16534
16535 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16536 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16537 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16538 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16539
16540 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16541 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16542 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16543 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16544 session to restore them."),
16545 &save_cmdlist);
16546 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16547
16548 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16549 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16550 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16551 &save_cmdlist);
16552 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16553
16554 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16555 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16556
16557 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16558 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16559 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16560 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16561 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16562 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16563 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16564 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16565 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16566 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16567 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16568 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16569
16570 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16571 &pending_break_support, _("\
16572 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16573 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16574 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16575 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16576 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16577 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16578 NULL,
16579 show_pending_break_support,
16580 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16581 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16582
16583 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16584
16585 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16586 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16587 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16588 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16589 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16590 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16591 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16592 NULL,
16593 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16594 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16595 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16596
16597 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16598 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16599 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16600 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16601 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16602 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16603 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16604 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16605 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16606 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16607 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16608 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16609 NULL,
16610 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16611 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16612 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16613
16614 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16615 condition_evaluation_enums,
16616 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16617 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16618 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16619 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16620 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16621 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16622 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16623 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16624 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16625 be set to \"gdb\""),
16626 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16627 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16628 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16629 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16630
16631 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16632 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16633 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16634 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16635 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16636 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16637 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16638 or the start of the range\n\
16639 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16640 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16641 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16642 \n\
16643 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16644 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16645 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16646
16647 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16648 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16649 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16650 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16651 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16652 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16653 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16654
16655 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16656 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16657 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16658 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16659 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16660 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16661 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16662 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16663 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16664 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16665 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16666 &setlist, &showlist);
16667
16668 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16669 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16670 &dprintf_function, _("\
16671 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16672 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16673 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16674 &setlist, &showlist);
16675
16676 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16677 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16678 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16679 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16680 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16681 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16682 &setlist, &showlist);
16683
16684 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16685 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16686 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16687 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16688 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16689 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16690 NULL,
16691 NULL,
16692 &setlist, &showlist);
16693
16694 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16695 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16696 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16697
16698 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16699
16700 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16701 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);
16702 }
This page took 0.438054 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.